Mercurial > emacs
annotate man/files.texi @ 42811:cf0c0ef57504
*** empty log message ***
| author | Jason Rumney <jasonr@gnu.org> |
|---|---|
| date | Thu, 17 Jan 2002 19:29:24 +0000 |
| parents | 21907e7569d1 |
| children | 02ff23017427 |
| rev | line source |
|---|---|
| 25829 | 1 @c This is part of the Emacs manual. |
| 37795 | 2 @c Copyright (C) 1985,86,87,93,94,95,97,99, 2000, 2001 |
| 3 @c Free Software Foundation, Inc. | |
| 25829 | 4 @c See file emacs.texi for copying conditions. |
| 5 @node Files, Buffers, Fixit, Top | |
| 6 @chapter File Handling | |
| 7 @cindex files | |
| 8 | |
|
38064
b8ea59337400
Proofreading fixes from Art the Lemming <lemming@gimp.shacknet.nu>.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
38020
diff
changeset
|
9 The operating system stores data permanently in named @dfn{files}, so |
| 25829 | 10 most of the text you edit with Emacs comes from a file and is ultimately |
| 11 stored in a file. | |
| 12 | |
| 13 To edit a file, you must tell Emacs to read the file and prepare a | |
| 14 buffer containing a copy of the file's text. This is called | |
| 15 @dfn{visiting} the file. Editing commands apply directly to text in the | |
| 16 buffer; that is, to the copy inside Emacs. Your changes appear in the | |
| 17 file itself only when you @dfn{save} the buffer back into the file. | |
| 18 | |
| 19 In addition to visiting and saving files, Emacs can delete, copy, | |
| 20 rename, and append to files, keep multiple versions of them, and operate | |
| 21 on file directories. | |
| 22 | |
| 23 @menu | |
| 24 * File Names:: How to type and edit file-name arguments. | |
| 25 * Visiting:: Visiting a file prepares Emacs to edit the file. | |
| 26 * Saving:: Saving makes your changes permanent. | |
| 27 * Reverting:: Reverting cancels all the changes not saved. | |
| 28 * Auto Save:: Auto Save periodically protects against loss of data. | |
| 29 * File Aliases:: Handling multiple names for one file. | |
| 30 * Version Control:: Version control systems (RCS, CVS and SCCS). | |
| 31 * Directories:: Creating, deleting, and listing file directories. | |
| 32 * Comparing Files:: Finding where two files differ. | |
| 33 * Misc File Ops:: Other things you can do on files. | |
| 34 * Compressed Files:: Accessing compressed files. | |
|
28123
6e2e72ee55a6
(Compressed Files): Note custom option.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26105
diff
changeset
|
35 * File Archives:: Operating on tar, zip, jar etc. archive files. |
| 25829 | 36 * Remote Files:: Accessing files on other sites. |
| 37 * Quoted File Names:: Quoting special characters in file names. | |
|
36136
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
38 * File Name Cache:: Completion against a list of files you often use. |
|
28526
297e03ccd7e6
(Backup): backup-enable-predicate.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
28327
diff
changeset
|
39 * File Conveniences:: Convenience Features for Finding Files. |
| 25829 | 40 @end menu |
| 41 | |
| 42 @node File Names | |
| 43 @section File Names | |
| 44 @cindex file names | |
| 45 | |
| 46 Most Emacs commands that operate on a file require you to specify the | |
| 47 file name. (Saving and reverting are exceptions; the buffer knows which | |
| 48 file name to use for them.) You enter the file name using the | |
| 38739 | 49 minibuffer (@pxref{Minibuffer}). @dfn{Completion} is available |
| 50 (@pxref{Completion}) to make it easier to specify long file names. When | |
|
38310
926054175878
(Visiting, File Names): Mention that completion ignores some file names,
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
38064
diff
changeset
|
51 completing file names, Emacs ignores those whose file-name extensions |
| 38739 | 52 appear in the variable @code{completion-ignored-extensions}; see |
|
38310
926054175878
(Visiting, File Names): Mention that completion ignores some file names,
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
38064
diff
changeset
|
53 @ref{Completion Options}. |
| 25829 | 54 |
| 55 For most operations, there is a @dfn{default file name} which is used | |
| 56 if you type just @key{RET} to enter an empty argument. Normally the | |
| 57 default file name is the name of the file visited in the current buffer; | |
| 58 this makes it easy to operate on that file with any of the Emacs file | |
| 59 commands. | |
| 60 | |
| 61 @vindex default-directory | |
|
38064
b8ea59337400
Proofreading fixes from Art the Lemming <lemming@gimp.shacknet.nu>.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
38020
diff
changeset
|
62 Each buffer has a default directory which is normally the same as the |
| 25829 | 63 directory of the file visited in that buffer. When you enter a file |
| 64 name without a directory, the default directory is used. If you specify | |
| 65 a directory in a relative fashion, with a name that does not start with | |
| 66 a slash, it is interpreted with respect to the default directory. The | |
| 67 default directory is kept in the variable @code{default-directory}, | |
| 68 which has a separate value in every buffer. | |
| 69 | |
| 70 For example, if the default file name is @file{/u/rms/gnu/gnu.tasks} then | |
| 71 the default directory is @file{/u/rms/gnu/}. If you type just @samp{foo}, | |
| 72 which does not specify a directory, it is short for @file{/u/rms/gnu/foo}. | |
| 73 @samp{../.login} would stand for @file{/u/rms/.login}. @samp{new/foo} | |
| 74 would stand for the file name @file{/u/rms/gnu/new/foo}. | |
| 75 | |
| 76 @findex cd | |
| 77 @findex pwd | |
|
38870
d44abb4e68b2
Don't use "print" for displaying a message.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
38768
diff
changeset
|
78 The command @kbd{M-x pwd} displays the current buffer's default |
| 25829 | 79 directory, and the command @kbd{M-x cd} sets it (to a value read using |
| 80 the minibuffer). A buffer's default directory changes only when the | |
| 81 @code{cd} command is used. A file-visiting buffer's default directory | |
| 38739 | 82 is initialized to the directory of the file that is visited in that buffer. If |
| 25829 | 83 you create a buffer with @kbd{C-x b}, its default directory is copied |
| 84 from that of the buffer that was current at the time. | |
| 85 | |
| 86 @vindex insert-default-directory | |
| 87 The default directory actually appears in the minibuffer when the | |
| 88 minibuffer becomes active to read a file name. This serves two | |
| 89 purposes: it @emph{shows} you what the default is, so that you can type | |
| 90 a relative file name and know with certainty what it will mean, and it | |
| 91 allows you to @emph{edit} the default to specify a different directory. | |
| 92 This insertion of the default directory is inhibited if the variable | |
| 93 @code{insert-default-directory} is set to @code{nil}. | |
| 94 | |
| 95 Note that it is legitimate to type an absolute file name after you | |
| 96 enter the minibuffer, ignoring the presence of the default directory | |
| 97 name as part of the text. The final minibuffer contents may look | |
| 98 invalid, but that is not so. For example, if the minibuffer starts out | |
| 99 with @samp{/usr/tmp/} and you add @samp{/x1/rms/foo}, you get | |
| 100 @samp{/usr/tmp//x1/rms/foo}; but Emacs ignores everything through the | |
| 101 first slash in the double slash; the result is @samp{/x1/rms/foo}. | |
| 102 @xref{Minibuffer File}. | |
| 103 | |
|
36324
63c47fc9df21
(File Names): Add documentation of the tilde expansion in file names.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
36323
diff
changeset
|
104 @cindex environment variables in file names |
|
63c47fc9df21
(File Names): Add documentation of the tilde expansion in file names.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
36323
diff
changeset
|
105 @cindex expansion of environment variables |
| 25829 | 106 @samp{$} in a file name is used to substitute environment variables. |
|
36136
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
107 For example, if you have used the shell command @command{export |
| 29107 | 108 FOO=rms/hacks} to set up an environment variable named @env{FOO}, then |
| 25829 | 109 you can use @file{/u/$FOO/test.c} or @file{/u/$@{FOO@}/test.c} as an |
| 110 abbreviation for @file{/u/rms/hacks/test.c}. The environment variable | |
| 111 name consists of all the alphanumeric characters after the @samp{$}; | |
| 112 alternatively, it may be enclosed in braces after the @samp{$}. Note | |
| 113 that shell commands to set environment variables affect Emacs only if | |
| 114 done before Emacs is started. | |
| 115 | |
|
36324
63c47fc9df21
(File Names): Add documentation of the tilde expansion in file names.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
36323
diff
changeset
|
116 @cindex home directory shorthand |
|
63c47fc9df21
(File Names): Add documentation of the tilde expansion in file names.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
36323
diff
changeset
|
117 You can use the @file{~/} in a file name to mean your home directory, |
|
63c47fc9df21
(File Names): Add documentation of the tilde expansion in file names.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
36323
diff
changeset
|
118 or @file{~@var{user-id}/} to mean the home directory of a user whose |
|
36325
cf1b9eaadeaf
(File Names): Add a note about ~/ peculiarities on DOS/Windows.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
36324
diff
changeset
|
119 login name is @code{user-id}. (On DOS and Windows systems, where a user |
|
cf1b9eaadeaf
(File Names): Add a note about ~/ peculiarities on DOS/Windows.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
36324
diff
changeset
|
120 doesn't have a home directory, Emacs substitutes @file{~/} with the |
|
cf1b9eaadeaf
(File Names): Add a note about ~/ peculiarities on DOS/Windows.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
36324
diff
changeset
|
121 value of the environment variable @code{HOME}; see @ref{General |
|
cf1b9eaadeaf
(File Names): Add a note about ~/ peculiarities on DOS/Windows.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
36324
diff
changeset
|
122 Variables}.) |
|
36324
63c47fc9df21
(File Names): Add documentation of the tilde expansion in file names.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
36323
diff
changeset
|
123 |
| 25829 | 124 To access a file with @samp{$} in its name, type @samp{$$}. This pair |
| 125 is converted to a single @samp{$} at the same time as variable | |
|
38064
b8ea59337400
Proofreading fixes from Art the Lemming <lemming@gimp.shacknet.nu>.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
38020
diff
changeset
|
126 substitution is performed for a single @samp{$}. Alternatively, quote the |
|
36324
63c47fc9df21
(File Names): Add documentation of the tilde expansion in file names.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
36323
diff
changeset
|
127 whole file name with @samp{/:} (@pxref{Quoted File Names}). File names |
|
63c47fc9df21
(File Names): Add documentation of the tilde expansion in file names.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
36323
diff
changeset
|
128 which begin with a literal @samp{~} should also be quoted with @samp{/:}. |
| 25829 | 129 |
| 130 @findex substitute-in-file-name | |
| 131 The Lisp function that performs the substitution is called | |
| 132 @code{substitute-in-file-name}. The substitution is performed only on | |
| 133 file names read as such using the minibuffer. | |
| 134 | |
| 135 You can include non-ASCII characters in file names if you set the | |
| 136 variable @code{file-name-coding-system} to a non-@code{nil} value. | |
| 137 @xref{Specify Coding}. | |
| 138 | |
| 139 @node Visiting | |
| 140 @section Visiting Files | |
| 141 @cindex visiting files | |
| 142 | |
| 143 @table @kbd | |
| 144 @item C-x C-f | |
| 145 Visit a file (@code{find-file}). | |
| 146 @item C-x C-r | |
| 147 Visit a file for viewing, without allowing changes to it | |
| 148 (@code{find-file-read-only}). | |
| 149 @item C-x C-v | |
| 150 Visit a different file instead of the one visited last | |
| 151 (@code{find-alternate-file}). | |
| 152 @item C-x 4 f | |
| 153 Visit a file, in another window (@code{find-file-other-window}). Don't | |
| 154 alter what is displayed in the selected window. | |
| 155 @item C-x 5 f | |
| 156 Visit a file, in a new frame (@code{find-file-other-frame}). Don't | |
| 157 alter what is displayed in the selected frame. | |
| 158 @item M-x find-file-literally | |
| 159 Visit a file with no conversion of the contents. | |
| 160 @end table | |
| 161 | |
| 162 @cindex files, visiting and saving | |
| 163 @cindex saving files | |
| 38739 | 164 @dfn{Visiting} a file means copying its contents into an Emacs |
| 165 buffer so you can edit them. Emacs makes a new buffer for each file | |
| 166 that you visit. We often say that this buffer ``is visiting'' that | |
| 167 file, or that the buffer's ``visited file'' is that file. Emacs | |
| 168 constructs the buffer name from the file name by throwing away the | |
| 169 directory, keeping just the name proper. For example, a file named | |
| 170 @file{/usr/rms/emacs.tex} would get a buffer named @samp{emacs.tex}. | |
| 171 If there is already a buffer with that name, Emacs constructs a unique | |
| 172 name---the normal method is to append @samp{<2>}, @samp{<3>}, and so | |
| 173 on, but you can select other methods (@pxref{Uniquify}). | |
| 25829 | 174 |
| 175 Each window's mode line shows the name of the buffer that is being displayed | |
| 176 in that window, so you can always tell what buffer you are editing. | |
| 177 | |
| 178 The changes you make with editing commands are made in the Emacs | |
| 179 buffer. They do not take effect in the file that you visited, or any | |
| 180 place permanent, until you @dfn{save} the buffer. Saving the buffer | |
| 181 means that Emacs writes the current contents of the buffer into its | |
| 182 visited file. @xref{Saving}. | |
| 183 | |
| 184 @cindex modified (buffer) | |
| 185 If a buffer contains changes that have not been saved, we say the | |
| 186 buffer is @dfn{modified}. This is important because it implies that | |
| 187 some changes will be lost if the buffer is not saved. The mode line | |
| 188 displays two stars near the left margin to indicate that the buffer is | |
| 189 modified. | |
| 190 | |
| 191 @kindex C-x C-f | |
| 192 @findex find-file | |
| 193 To visit a file, use the command @kbd{C-x C-f} (@code{find-file}). Follow | |
| 194 the command with the name of the file you wish to visit, terminated by a | |
| 195 @key{RET}. | |
| 196 | |
| 197 The file name is read using the minibuffer (@pxref{Minibuffer}), with | |
| 198 defaulting and completion in the standard manner (@pxref{File Names}). | |
|
38310
926054175878
(Visiting, File Names): Mention that completion ignores some file names,
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
38064
diff
changeset
|
199 While in the minibuffer, you can abort @kbd{C-x C-f} by typing |
|
926054175878
(Visiting, File Names): Mention that completion ignores some file names,
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
38064
diff
changeset
|
200 @kbd{C-g}. File-name completion ignores certain filenames; for more |
|
926054175878
(Visiting, File Names): Mention that completion ignores some file names,
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
38064
diff
changeset
|
201 about this, see @ref{Completion Options}. |
| 25829 | 202 |
|
35647
d1a5bb6d3811
(Visiting): Document the file selection dialog popped by C-x C-f.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
35620
diff
changeset
|
203 @cindex file selection dialog |
|
d1a5bb6d3811
(Visiting): Document the file selection dialog popped by C-x C-f.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
35620
diff
changeset
|
204 When Emacs is built with a suitable GUI toolkit, it pops up the |
|
d1a5bb6d3811
(Visiting): Document the file selection dialog popped by C-x C-f.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
35620
diff
changeset
|
205 standard File Selection dialog of that toolkit instead of prompting for |
|
d1a5bb6d3811
(Visiting): Document the file selection dialog popped by C-x C-f.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
35620
diff
changeset
|
206 the file name in the minibuffer. On Unix and GNU/Linux platforms, Emacs |
|
d1a5bb6d3811
(Visiting): Document the file selection dialog popped by C-x C-f.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
35620
diff
changeset
|
207 does that when built with LessTif and Motif toolkits; on MS-Windows, the |
|
d1a5bb6d3811
(Visiting): Document the file selection dialog popped by C-x C-f.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
35620
diff
changeset
|
208 GUI version does that by default. |
|
d1a5bb6d3811
(Visiting): Document the file selection dialog popped by C-x C-f.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
35620
diff
changeset
|
209 |
| 25829 | 210 Your confirmation that @kbd{C-x C-f} has completed successfully is the |
| 211 appearance of new text on the screen and a new buffer name in the mode | |
| 212 line. If the specified file does not exist and could not be created, or | |
| 213 cannot be read, then you get an error, with an error message displayed | |
| 214 in the echo area. | |
| 215 | |
| 216 If you visit a file that is already in Emacs, @kbd{C-x C-f} does not make | |
| 217 another copy. It selects the existing buffer containing that file. | |
| 218 However, before doing so, it checks that the file itself has not changed | |
| 219 since you visited or saved it last. If the file has changed, a warning | |
|
38870
d44abb4e68b2
Don't use "print" for displaying a message.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
38768
diff
changeset
|
220 message is shown. @xref{Interlocking,,Simultaneous Editing}. |
| 25829 | 221 |
|
37793
ec57e2733712
(Visiting): Document that files larger than the buffer size limit cannot
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
37349
diff
changeset
|
222 @cindex maximum buffer size exceeded, error message |
|
ec57e2733712
(Visiting): Document that files larger than the buffer size limit cannot
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
37349
diff
changeset
|
223 Since Emacs reads the visited file in its entirety, files whose size |
|
ec57e2733712
(Visiting): Document that files larger than the buffer size limit cannot
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
37349
diff
changeset
|
224 is larger than the maximum Emacs buffer size (@pxref{Buffers}) cannot be |
|
38870
d44abb4e68b2
Don't use "print" for displaying a message.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
38768
diff
changeset
|
225 visited; if you try, Emacs will display an error message saying that the |
|
38064
b8ea59337400
Proofreading fixes from Art the Lemming <lemming@gimp.shacknet.nu>.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
38020
diff
changeset
|
226 maximum buffer size has been exceeded. |
|
37793
ec57e2733712
(Visiting): Document that files larger than the buffer size limit cannot
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
37349
diff
changeset
|
227 |
| 25829 | 228 @cindex creating files |
|
38870
d44abb4e68b2
Don't use "print" for displaying a message.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
38768
diff
changeset
|
229 What if you want to create a new file? Just visit it. Emacs displays |
|
37315
702729e72132
Change @var to @code in many places.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
37090
diff
changeset
|
230 @samp{(New file)} in the echo area, but in other respects behaves as if |
| 25829 | 231 you had visited an existing empty file. If you make any changes and |
| 232 save them, the file is created. | |
| 233 | |
| 234 Emacs recognizes from the contents of a file which convention it uses | |
| 235 to separate lines---newline (used on GNU/Linux and on Unix), | |
| 236 carriage-return linefeed (used on Microsoft systems), or just | |
| 237 carriage-return (used on the Macintosh)---and automatically converts the | |
| 238 contents to the normal Emacs convention, which is that the newline | |
| 239 character separates lines. This is a part of the general feature of | |
| 240 coding system conversion (@pxref{Coding Systems}), and makes it possible | |
|
38064
b8ea59337400
Proofreading fixes from Art the Lemming <lemming@gimp.shacknet.nu>.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
38020
diff
changeset
|
241 to edit files imported from different operating systems with |
| 25829 | 242 equal convenience. If you change the text and save the file, Emacs |
| 243 performs the inverse conversion, changing newlines back into | |
| 244 carriage-return linefeed or just carriage-return if appropriate. | |
| 245 | |
| 246 @vindex find-file-run-dired | |
| 247 If the file you specify is actually a directory, @kbd{C-x C-f} invokes | |
| 248 Dired, the Emacs directory browser, so that you can ``edit'' the contents | |
| 249 of the directory (@pxref{Dired}). Dired is a convenient way to delete, | |
| 250 look at, or operate on the files in the directory. However, if the | |
| 251 variable @code{find-file-run-dired} is @code{nil}, then it is an error | |
| 252 to try to visit a directory. | |
| 253 | |
|
36326
70c08680c0bf
(Visiting): Add a note about visiting file archives.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
36325
diff
changeset
|
254 Files which are actually collections of other files, or @dfn{file |
|
70c08680c0bf
(Visiting): Add a note about visiting file archives.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
36325
diff
changeset
|
255 archives}, are visited in special modes which invoke a Dired-like |
|
70c08680c0bf
(Visiting): Add a note about visiting file archives.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
36325
diff
changeset
|
256 environment to allow operations on archive members. @xref{File |
|
70c08680c0bf
(Visiting): Add a note about visiting file archives.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
36325
diff
changeset
|
257 Archives}, for more about these features. |
|
70c08680c0bf
(Visiting): Add a note about visiting file archives.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
36325
diff
changeset
|
258 |
|
28327
f7b17a6af3db
(Visiting): List wildcard chars. Mention find-file-wildcards.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
28123
diff
changeset
|
259 @cindex wildcard characters in file names |
|
f7b17a6af3db
(Visiting): List wildcard chars. Mention find-file-wildcards.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
28123
diff
changeset
|
260 @vindex find-file-wildcards |
|
38064
b8ea59337400
Proofreading fixes from Art the Lemming <lemming@gimp.shacknet.nu>.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
38020
diff
changeset
|
261 If the file name you specify contains shell-style wildcard characters, |
| 38739 | 262 Emacs visits all the files that match it. Wildcards include @samp{?}, |
| 263 @samp{*}, and @samp{[@dots{}]} sequences. @xref{Quoted File Names}, for | |
|
38064
b8ea59337400
Proofreading fixes from Art the Lemming <lemming@gimp.shacknet.nu>.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
38020
diff
changeset
|
264 information on how to visit a file whose name actually contains wildcard |
|
b8ea59337400
Proofreading fixes from Art the Lemming <lemming@gimp.shacknet.nu>.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
38020
diff
changeset
|
265 characters. You can disable the wildcard feature by customizing |
|
b8ea59337400
Proofreading fixes from Art the Lemming <lemming@gimp.shacknet.nu>.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
38020
diff
changeset
|
266 @code{find-file-wildcards}. |
| 25829 | 267 |
| 268 If you visit a file that the operating system won't let you modify, | |
| 269 Emacs makes the buffer read-only, so that you won't go ahead and make | |
| 270 changes that you'll have trouble saving afterward. You can make the | |
| 271 buffer writable with @kbd{C-x C-q} (@code{vc-toggle-read-only}). | |
| 272 @xref{Misc Buffer}. | |
| 273 | |
| 274 @kindex C-x C-r | |
| 275 @findex find-file-read-only | |
| 276 Occasionally you might want to visit a file as read-only in order to | |
| 277 protect yourself from entering changes accidentally; do so by visiting | |
| 278 the file with the command @kbd{C-x C-r} (@code{find-file-read-only}). | |
| 279 | |
| 280 @kindex C-x C-v | |
| 281 @findex find-alternate-file | |
| 282 If you visit a nonexistent file unintentionally (because you typed the | |
| 283 wrong file name), use the @kbd{C-x C-v} command | |
| 284 (@code{find-alternate-file}) to visit the file you really wanted. | |
| 285 @kbd{C-x C-v} is similar to @kbd{C-x C-f}, but it kills the current | |
|
38064
b8ea59337400
Proofreading fixes from Art the Lemming <lemming@gimp.shacknet.nu>.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
38020
diff
changeset
|
286 buffer (after first offering to save it if it is modified). When |
|
b8ea59337400
Proofreading fixes from Art the Lemming <lemming@gimp.shacknet.nu>.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
38020
diff
changeset
|
287 @kbd{C-x C-v} reads the file name to visit, it inserts the entire |
|
b8ea59337400
Proofreading fixes from Art the Lemming <lemming@gimp.shacknet.nu>.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
38020
diff
changeset
|
288 default file name in the buffer, with point just after the directory |
|
b8ea59337400
Proofreading fixes from Art the Lemming <lemming@gimp.shacknet.nu>.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
38020
diff
changeset
|
289 part; this is convenient if you made a slight error in typing the name. |
| 25829 | 290 |
| 291 If you find a file which exists but cannot be read, @kbd{C-x C-f} | |
| 292 signals an error. | |
| 293 | |
| 294 @kindex C-x 4 f | |
| 295 @findex find-file-other-window | |
| 296 @kbd{C-x 4 f} (@code{find-file-other-window}) is like @kbd{C-x C-f} | |
| 297 except that the buffer containing the specified file is selected in another | |
| 298 window. The window that was selected before @kbd{C-x 4 f} continues to | |
| 299 show the same buffer it was already showing. If this command is used when | |
| 300 only one window is being displayed, that window is split in two, with one | |
| 301 window showing the same buffer as before, and the other one showing the | |
| 302 newly requested file. @xref{Windows}. | |
| 303 | |
| 304 @kindex C-x 5 f | |
| 305 @findex find-file-other-frame | |
| 306 @kbd{C-x 5 f} (@code{find-file-other-frame}) is similar, but opens a | |
| 307 new frame, or makes visible any existing frame showing the file you | |
| 308 seek. This feature is available only when you are using a window | |
| 309 system. @xref{Frames}. | |
| 310 | |
| 311 @findex find-file-literally | |
|
36136
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
312 If you wish to edit a file as a sequence of ASCII characters with no special |
| 25829 | 313 encoding or conversion, use the @kbd{M-x find-file-literally} command. |
| 314 It visits a file, like @kbd{C-x C-f}, but does not do format conversion | |
| 315 (@pxref{Formatted Text}), character code conversion (@pxref{Coding | |
| 33559 | 316 Systems}), or automatic uncompression (@pxref{Compressed Files}), and |
| 317 does not add a final newline because of @code{require-final-newline}. | |
| 25829 | 318 If you already have visited the same file in the usual (non-literal) |
| 319 manner, this command asks you whether to visit it literally instead. | |
| 320 | |
| 321 @vindex find-file-hooks | |
| 322 @vindex find-file-not-found-hooks | |
| 323 Two special hook variables allow extensions to modify the operation of | |
| 324 visiting files. Visiting a file that does not exist runs the functions | |
| 325 in the list @code{find-file-not-found-hooks}; this variable holds a list | |
| 326 of functions, and the functions are called one by one (with no | |
| 327 arguments) until one of them returns non-@code{nil}. This is not a | |
| 328 normal hook, and the name ends in @samp{-hooks} rather than @samp{-hook} | |
| 329 to indicate that fact. | |
| 330 | |
| 38739 | 331 Successful visiting of any file, whether existing or not, calls the |
| 332 functions in the list @code{find-file-hooks}, with no arguments. | |
| 333 This variable is really a normal hook, but it has an abnormal name for | |
| 334 historical compatibility. In the case of a nonexistent file, the | |
| 335 @code{find-file-not-found-hooks} are run first. @xref{Hooks}. | |
| 25829 | 336 |
| 337 There are several ways to specify automatically the major mode for | |
| 338 editing the file (@pxref{Choosing Modes}), and to specify local | |
| 339 variables defined for that file (@pxref{File Variables}). | |
| 340 | |
| 341 @node Saving | |
| 342 @section Saving Files | |
| 343 | |
| 344 @dfn{Saving} a buffer in Emacs means writing its contents back into the file | |
| 345 that was visited in the buffer. | |
| 346 | |
| 347 @table @kbd | |
| 348 @item C-x C-s | |
| 38739 | 349 Save the current buffer in its visited file on disk (@code{save-buffer}). |
| 25829 | 350 @item C-x s |
| 351 Save any or all buffers in their visited files (@code{save-some-buffers}). | |
| 352 @item M-~ | |
| 353 Forget that the current buffer has been changed (@code{not-modified}). | |
| 29556 | 354 With prefix argument (@kbd{C-u}), mark the current buffer as changed. |
| 25829 | 355 @item C-x C-w |
| 38739 | 356 Save the current buffer as a specified file name (@code{write-file}). |
| 25829 | 357 @item M-x set-visited-file-name |
|
36316
d79558eaaecb
(Saveing): Fix "file the name". From Nelson H. F. Beebe
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
36274
diff
changeset
|
358 Change the file name under which the current buffer will be saved. |
| 25829 | 359 @end table |
| 360 | |
| 361 @kindex C-x C-s | |
| 362 @findex save-buffer | |
| 363 When you wish to save the file and make your changes permanent, type | |
| 364 @kbd{C-x C-s} (@code{save-buffer}). After saving is finished, @kbd{C-x C-s} | |
| 365 displays a message like this: | |
| 366 | |
| 367 @example | |
| 368 Wrote /u/rms/gnu/gnu.tasks | |
| 369 @end example | |
| 370 | |
| 371 @noindent | |
| 372 If the selected buffer is not modified (no changes have been made in it | |
| 373 since the buffer was created or last saved), saving is not really done, | |
| 374 because it would have no effect. Instead, @kbd{C-x C-s} displays a message | |
| 375 like this in the echo area: | |
| 376 | |
| 377 @example | |
| 378 (No changes need to be saved) | |
| 379 @end example | |
| 380 | |
| 381 @kindex C-x s | |
| 382 @findex save-some-buffers | |
| 383 The command @kbd{C-x s} (@code{save-some-buffers}) offers to save any | |
| 384 or all modified buffers. It asks you what to do with each buffer. The | |
| 385 possible responses are analogous to those of @code{query-replace}: | |
| 386 | |
| 387 @table @kbd | |
| 388 @item y | |
| 389 Save this buffer and ask about the rest of the buffers. | |
| 390 @item n | |
| 391 Don't save this buffer, but ask about the rest of the buffers. | |
| 392 @item ! | |
| 393 Save this buffer and all the rest with no more questions. | |
| 394 @c following generates acceptable underfull hbox | |
| 395 @item @key{RET} | |
| 396 Terminate @code{save-some-buffers} without any more saving. | |
| 397 @item . | |
| 398 Save this buffer, then exit @code{save-some-buffers} without even asking | |
| 399 about other buffers. | |
| 400 @item C-r | |
| 401 View the buffer that you are currently being asked about. When you exit | |
| 402 View mode, you get back to @code{save-some-buffers}, which asks the | |
| 403 question again. | |
| 404 @item C-h | |
| 405 Display a help message about these options. | |
| 406 @end table | |
| 407 | |
| 408 @kbd{C-x C-c}, the key sequence to exit Emacs, invokes | |
| 409 @code{save-some-buffers} and therefore asks the same questions. | |
| 410 | |
| 411 @kindex M-~ | |
| 412 @findex not-modified | |
| 413 If you have changed a buffer but you do not want to save the changes, | |
| 414 you should take some action to prevent it. Otherwise, each time you use | |
| 415 @kbd{C-x s} or @kbd{C-x C-c}, you are liable to save this buffer by | |
| 416 mistake. One thing you can do is type @kbd{M-~} (@code{not-modified}), | |
| 417 which clears out the indication that the buffer is modified. If you do | |
| 418 this, none of the save commands will believe that the buffer needs to be | |
| 419 saved. (@samp{~} is often used as a mathematical symbol for `not'; thus | |
| 420 @kbd{M-~} is `not', metafied.) You could also use | |
| 421 @code{set-visited-file-name} (see below) to mark the buffer as visiting | |
| 422 a different file name, one which is not in use for anything important. | |
| 423 Alternatively, you can cancel all the changes made since the file was | |
| 424 visited or saved, by reading the text from the file again. This is | |
| 425 called @dfn{reverting}. @xref{Reverting}. You could also undo all the | |
| 426 changes by repeating the undo command @kbd{C-x u} until you have undone | |
| 427 all the changes; but reverting is easier. | |
| 428 | |
| 429 @findex set-visited-file-name | |
| 430 @kbd{M-x set-visited-file-name} alters the name of the file that the | |
| 431 current buffer is visiting. It reads the new file name using the | |
| 38739 | 432 minibuffer. Then it marks the buffer as visiting that file name, and |
| 433 changes the buffer name correspondingly. @code{set-visited-file-name} | |
| 434 does not save the buffer in the newly visited file; it just alters the | |
| 435 records inside Emacs in case you do save later. It also marks the | |
| 436 buffer as ``modified'' so that @kbd{C-x C-s} in that buffer | |
| 437 @emph{will} save. | |
| 25829 | 438 |
| 439 @kindex C-x C-w | |
| 440 @findex write-file | |
| 441 If you wish to mark the buffer as visiting a different file and save it | |
| 442 right away, use @kbd{C-x C-w} (@code{write-file}). It is precisely | |
| 443 equivalent to @code{set-visited-file-name} followed by @kbd{C-x C-s}. | |
| 444 @kbd{C-x C-s} used on a buffer that is not visiting a file has the | |
| 445 same effect as @kbd{C-x C-w}; that is, it reads a file name, marks the | |
| 446 buffer as visiting that file, and saves it there. The default file name in | |
| 447 a buffer that is not visiting a file is made by combining the buffer name | |
| 38739 | 448 with the buffer's default directory (@pxref{File Names}). |
| 25829 | 449 |
| 450 If the new file name implies a major mode, then @kbd{C-x C-w} switches | |
| 451 to that major mode, in most cases. The command | |
| 452 @code{set-visited-file-name} also does this. @xref{Choosing Modes}. | |
| 453 | |
| 454 If Emacs is about to save a file and sees that the date of the latest | |
| 455 version on disk does not match what Emacs last read or wrote, Emacs | |
| 456 notifies you of this fact, because it probably indicates a problem caused | |
| 457 by simultaneous editing and requires your immediate attention. | |
| 458 @xref{Interlocking,, Simultaneous Editing}. | |
| 459 | |
| 460 @vindex require-final-newline | |
|
36319
77c56d3f0b8f
(Saving): Update the documentation of require-final-newline.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
36316
diff
changeset
|
461 If the value of the variable @code{require-final-newline} is @code{t}, |
|
77c56d3f0b8f
(Saving): Update the documentation of require-final-newline.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
36316
diff
changeset
|
462 Emacs silently puts a newline at the end of any file that doesn't |
|
77c56d3f0b8f
(Saving): Update the documentation of require-final-newline.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
36316
diff
changeset
|
463 already end in one, every time a file is saved or written. If the value |
|
77c56d3f0b8f
(Saving): Update the documentation of require-final-newline.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
36316
diff
changeset
|
464 is @code{nil}, Emacs leaves the end of the file unchanged; if it's |
|
77c56d3f0b8f
(Saving): Update the documentation of require-final-newline.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
36316
diff
changeset
|
465 neither @code{nil} nor @code{t}, Emacs asks you whether to add a |
|
77c56d3f0b8f
(Saving): Update the documentation of require-final-newline.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
36316
diff
changeset
|
466 newline. The default is @code{nil}. |
| 25829 | 467 |
| 468 @menu | |
| 469 * Backup:: How Emacs saves the old version of your file. | |
| 470 * Interlocking:: How Emacs protects against simultaneous editing | |
| 471 of one file by two users. | |
|
36136
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
472 * Shadowing: File Shadowing. |
| 36185 | 473 Copying files to "shadows" automatically. |
| 35524 | 474 * Time Stamps:: Emacs can update time stamps on saved files. |
| 25829 | 475 @end menu |
| 476 | |
| 477 @node Backup | |
| 478 @subsection Backup Files | |
| 479 @cindex backup file | |
| 480 @vindex make-backup-files | |
| 481 @vindex vc-make-backup-files | |
| 482 | |
| 483 On most operating systems, rewriting a file automatically destroys all | |
| 484 record of what the file used to contain. Thus, saving a file from Emacs | |
| 485 throws away the old contents of the file---or it would, except that | |
| 486 Emacs carefully copies the old contents to another file, called the | |
| 487 @dfn{backup} file, before actually saving. | |
| 488 | |
| 489 For most files, the variable @code{make-backup-files} determines | |
| 490 whether to make backup files. On most operating systems, its default | |
| 491 value is @code{t}, so that Emacs does write backup files. | |
| 492 | |
| 493 For files managed by a version control system (@pxref{Version | |
| 494 Control}), the variable @code{vc-make-backup-files} determines whether | |
|
38064
b8ea59337400
Proofreading fixes from Art the Lemming <lemming@gimp.shacknet.nu>.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
38020
diff
changeset
|
495 to make backup files. By default it is @code{nil}, since backup files |
| 25829 | 496 are redundant when you store all the previous versions in a version |
|
36355
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
Andr? Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
497 control system. @xref{General VC Options}. |
| 25829 | 498 |
|
28526
297e03ccd7e6
(Backup): backup-enable-predicate.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
28327
diff
changeset
|
499 @vindex backup-enable-predicate |
|
297e03ccd7e6
(Backup): backup-enable-predicate.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
28327
diff
changeset
|
500 @vindex temporary-file-directory |
|
297e03ccd7e6
(Backup): backup-enable-predicate.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
28327
diff
changeset
|
501 @vindex small-temporary-file-directory |
| 25829 | 502 The default value of the @code{backup-enable-predicate} variable |
|
36136
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
503 prevents backup files being written for files in the directories used |
|
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
504 for temporary files, specified by @code{temporary-file-directory} or |
|
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
505 @code{small-temporary-file-directory}. |
| 25829 | 506 |
| 507 At your option, Emacs can keep either a single backup file or a series of | |
| 508 numbered backup files for each file that you edit. | |
| 509 | |
| 510 Emacs makes a backup for a file only the first time the file is saved | |
| 511 from one buffer. No matter how many times you save a file, its backup file | |
| 512 continues to contain the contents from before the file was visited. | |
| 513 Normally this means that the backup file contains the contents from before | |
| 514 the current editing session; however, if you kill the buffer and then visit | |
| 515 the file again, a new backup file will be made by the next save. | |
| 516 | |
| 517 You can also explicitly request making another backup file from a | |
| 518 buffer even though it has already been saved at least once. If you save | |
| 519 the buffer with @kbd{C-u C-x C-s}, the version thus saved will be made | |
| 520 into a backup file if you save the buffer again. @kbd{C-u C-u C-x C-s} | |
| 521 saves the buffer, but first makes the previous file contents into a new | |
| 522 backup file. @kbd{C-u C-u C-u C-x C-s} does both things: it makes a | |
| 38739 | 523 backup from the previous contents, and arranges to make another from the |
| 524 newly saved contents if you save again. | |
| 25829 | 525 |
| 526 @menu | |
| 527 * Names: Backup Names. How backup files are named; | |
| 528 choosing single or numbered backup files. | |
| 529 * Deletion: Backup Deletion. Emacs deletes excess numbered backups. | |
| 530 * Copying: Backup Copying. Backups can be made by copying or renaming. | |
| 531 @end menu | |
| 532 | |
| 533 @node Backup Names | |
| 534 @subsubsection Single or Numbered Backups | |
| 535 | |
| 536 If you choose to have a single backup file (this is the default), | |
|
28526
297e03ccd7e6
(Backup): backup-enable-predicate.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
28327
diff
changeset
|
537 the backup file's name is normally constructed by appending @samp{~} to the |
| 25829 | 538 file name being edited; thus, the backup file for @file{eval.c} would |
| 539 be @file{eval.c~}. | |
| 540 | |
|
28526
297e03ccd7e6
(Backup): backup-enable-predicate.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
28327
diff
changeset
|
541 @vindex make-backup-file-name-function |
|
297e03ccd7e6
(Backup): backup-enable-predicate.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
28327
diff
changeset
|
542 @vindex backup-directory-alist |
|
38017
32f10000ac35
Don't use the British spelling of "behaviour".
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
37795
diff
changeset
|
543 You can change this behavior by defining the variable |
|
28526
297e03ccd7e6
(Backup): backup-enable-predicate.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
28327
diff
changeset
|
544 @code{make-backup-file-name-function} to a suitable function. |
|
297e03ccd7e6
(Backup): backup-enable-predicate.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
28327
diff
changeset
|
545 Alternatively you can customize the variable |
| 36874 | 546 @code{backup-directory-alist} to specify that files matching certain |
|
36136
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
547 patterns should be backed up in specific directories. |
|
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
548 |
|
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
549 A typical use is to add an element @code{("." . @var{dir})} to make |
|
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
550 all backups in the directory with absolute name @var{dir}; Emacs |
|
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
551 modifies the backup file names to avoid clashes between files with the |
|
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
552 same names originating in different directories. Alternatively, |
|
37090
41f1140b1f53
(Backup Names): Fix typo.
Andreas Schwab <schwab@suse.de>
parents:
36874
diff
changeset
|
553 adding, say, @code{("." . ".~")} would make backups in the invisible |
|
36136
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
554 subdirectory @file{.~} of the original file's directory. Emacs |
|
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
555 creates the directory, if necessary, to make the backup. |
|
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
556 |
|
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
557 If access control stops Emacs from writing backup files under the usual |
|
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
558 names, it writes the backup file as @file{%backup%~} in your home |
|
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
559 directory. Only one such file can exist, so only the most recently |
|
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
560 made such backup is available. |
|
28526
297e03ccd7e6
(Backup): backup-enable-predicate.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
28327
diff
changeset
|
561 |
| 25829 | 562 If you choose to have a series of numbered backup files, backup file |
|
36136
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
563 names contain @samp{.~}, the number, and another @samp{~} after the |
|
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
564 original file name. Thus, the backup files of @file{eval.c} would be |
|
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
565 called @file{eval.c.~1~}, @file{eval.c.~2~}, and so on, all the way |
|
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
566 through names like @file{eval.c.~259~} and beyond. The variable |
|
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
567 @code{backup-directory-alist} applies to numbered backups just as |
|
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
568 usual. |
| 25829 | 569 |
| 570 @vindex version-control | |
| 571 The choice of single backup or numbered backups is controlled by the | |
| 572 variable @code{version-control}. Its possible values are | |
| 573 | |
| 574 @table @code | |
| 575 @item t | |
| 576 Make numbered backups. | |
| 577 @item nil | |
| 578 Make numbered backups for files that have numbered backups already. | |
| 579 Otherwise, make single backups. | |
| 580 @item never | |
|
36322
b95226aa58b9
(Backup names): Fix "Do not in any case". From Nelson H. F. Beebe
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
36319
diff
changeset
|
581 Never make numbered backups; always make single backups. |
| 25829 | 582 @end table |
| 583 | |
| 584 @noindent | |
| 585 You can set @code{version-control} locally in an individual buffer to | |
| 586 control the making of backups for that buffer's file. For example, | |
| 587 Rmail mode locally sets @code{version-control} to @code{never} to make sure | |
| 588 that there is only one backup for an Rmail file. @xref{Locals}. | |
| 589 | |
| 29107 | 590 @cindex @env{VERSION_CONTROL} environment variable |
| 591 If you set the environment variable @env{VERSION_CONTROL}, to tell | |
| 25829 | 592 various GNU utilities what to do with backup files, Emacs also obeys the |
| 593 environment variable by setting the Lisp variable @code{version-control} | |
| 594 accordingly at startup. If the environment variable's value is @samp{t} | |
| 595 or @samp{numbered}, then @code{version-control} becomes @code{t}; if the | |
| 596 value is @samp{nil} or @samp{existing}, then @code{version-control} | |
| 597 becomes @code{nil}; if it is @samp{never} or @samp{simple}, then | |
| 598 @code{version-control} becomes @code{never}. | |
| 599 | |
| 600 @node Backup Deletion | |
| 601 @subsubsection Automatic Deletion of Backups | |
| 602 | |
| 38020 | 603 To prevent excessive consumption of disk space, Emacs can delete numbered |
| 25829 | 604 backup versions automatically. Generally Emacs keeps the first few backups |
| 605 and the latest few backups, deleting any in between. This happens every | |
| 606 time a new backup is made. | |
| 607 | |
| 608 @vindex kept-old-versions | |
| 609 @vindex kept-new-versions | |
| 610 The two variables @code{kept-old-versions} and | |
| 611 @code{kept-new-versions} control this deletion. Their values are, | |
| 38739 | 612 respectively, the number of oldest (lowest-numbered) backups to keep |
| 613 and the number of newest (highest-numbered) ones to keep, each time a | |
| 614 new backup is made. The backups in the middle (excluding those oldest | |
| 615 and newest) are the excess middle versions---those backups are | |
| 616 deleted. These variables' values are used when it is time to delete | |
| 617 excess versions, just after a new backup version is made; the newly | |
| 618 made backup is included in the count in @code{kept-new-versions}. By | |
| 619 default, both variables are 2. | |
| 25829 | 620 |
| 621 @vindex delete-old-versions | |
| 38739 | 622 If @code{delete-old-versions} is non-@code{nil}, Emacs deletes the |
| 623 excess backup files silently. If it is @code{nil}, the default, Emacs | |
| 624 asks you whether it should delete the excess backup versions. | |
| 25829 | 625 |
| 626 Dired's @kbd{.} (Period) command can also be used to delete old versions. | |
| 627 @xref{Dired Deletion}. | |
| 628 | |
| 629 @node Backup Copying | |
| 630 @subsubsection Copying vs.@: Renaming | |
| 631 | |
| 38739 | 632 Backup files can be made by copying the old file or by renaming it. |
| 633 This makes a difference when the old file has multiple names (hard | |
| 634 links). If the old file is renamed into the backup file, then the | |
| 635 alternate names become names for the backup file. If the old file is | |
| 636 copied instead, then the alternate names remain names for the file | |
| 637 that you are editing, and the contents accessed by those names will be | |
| 638 the new contents. | |
| 25829 | 639 |
| 640 The method of making a backup file may also affect the file's owner | |
| 641 and group. If copying is used, these do not change. If renaming is used, | |
| 642 you become the file's owner, and the file's group becomes the default | |
| 643 (different operating systems have different defaults for the group). | |
| 644 | |
| 645 Having the owner change is usually a good idea, because then the owner | |
| 646 always shows who last edited the file. Also, the owners of the backups | |
| 647 show who produced those versions. Occasionally there is a file whose | |
| 648 owner should not change; it is a good idea for such files to contain | |
| 649 local variable lists to set @code{backup-by-copying-when-mismatch} | |
| 650 locally (@pxref{File Variables}). | |
| 651 | |
| 652 @vindex backup-by-copying | |
| 653 @vindex backup-by-copying-when-linked | |
| 654 @vindex backup-by-copying-when-mismatch | |
|
31043
31a21ae1de1f
Document backup-by-copying-when-privileged-mismatch.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
29683
diff
changeset
|
655 @vindex backup-by-copying-when-privileged-mismatch |
|
31a21ae1de1f
Document backup-by-copying-when-privileged-mismatch.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
29683
diff
changeset
|
656 @cindex file ownership, and backup |
|
36136
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
657 @cindex backup, and user-id |
|
31043
31a21ae1de1f
Document backup-by-copying-when-privileged-mismatch.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
29683
diff
changeset
|
658 The choice of renaming or copying is controlled by four variables. |
| 25829 | 659 Renaming is the default choice. If the variable |
| 660 @code{backup-by-copying} is non-@code{nil}, copying is used. Otherwise, | |
| 661 if the variable @code{backup-by-copying-when-linked} is non-@code{nil}, | |
| 662 then copying is used for files that have multiple names, but renaming | |
| 663 may still be used when the file being edited has only one name. If the | |
| 664 variable @code{backup-by-copying-when-mismatch} is non-@code{nil}, then | |
| 665 copying is used if renaming would cause the file's owner or group to | |
| 666 change. @code{backup-by-copying-when-mismatch} is @code{t} by default | |
|
31043
31a21ae1de1f
Document backup-by-copying-when-privileged-mismatch.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
29683
diff
changeset
|
667 if you start Emacs as the superuser. The fourth variable, |
|
31a21ae1de1f
Document backup-by-copying-when-privileged-mismatch.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
29683
diff
changeset
|
668 @code{backup-by-copying-when-privileged-mismatch}, gives the highest |
|
36136
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
669 numeric user-id for which @code{backup-by-copying-when-mismatch} will be |
|
38064
b8ea59337400
Proofreading fixes from Art the Lemming <lemming@gimp.shacknet.nu>.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
38020
diff
changeset
|
670 forced on. This is useful when low-numbered user-ids are assigned to |
|
31043
31a21ae1de1f
Document backup-by-copying-when-privileged-mismatch.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
29683
diff
changeset
|
671 special system users, such as @code{root}, @code{bin}, @code{daemon}, |
|
31a21ae1de1f
Document backup-by-copying-when-privileged-mismatch.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
29683
diff
changeset
|
672 etc., which must maintain ownership of files. |
| 25829 | 673 |
| 674 When a file is managed with a version control system (@pxref{Version | |
| 675 Control}), Emacs does not normally make backups in the usual way for | |
| 676 that file. But check-in and check-out are similar in some ways to | |
| 677 making backups. One unfortunate similarity is that these operations | |
| 678 typically break hard links, disconnecting the file name you visited from | |
| 679 any alternate names for the same file. This has nothing to do with | |
| 680 Emacs---the version control system does it. | |
| 681 | |
| 682 @node Interlocking | |
| 683 @subsection Protection against Simultaneous Editing | |
| 684 | |
| 685 @cindex file dates | |
| 686 @cindex simultaneous editing | |
| 687 Simultaneous editing occurs when two users visit the same file, both | |
| 688 make changes, and then both save them. If nobody were informed that | |
| 689 this was happening, whichever user saved first would later find that his | |
| 690 changes were lost. | |
| 691 | |
| 692 On some systems, Emacs notices immediately when the second user starts | |
| 693 to change the file, and issues an immediate warning. On all systems, | |
| 694 Emacs checks when you save the file, and warns if you are about to | |
| 695 overwrite another user's changes. You can prevent loss of the other | |
| 696 user's work by taking the proper corrective action instead of saving the | |
| 697 file. | |
| 698 | |
| 699 @findex ask-user-about-lock | |
| 700 @cindex locking files | |
| 701 When you make the first modification in an Emacs buffer that is | |
| 702 visiting a file, Emacs records that the file is @dfn{locked} by you. | |
| 703 (It does this by creating a symbolic link in the same directory with a | |
| 704 different name.) Emacs removes the lock when you save the changes. The | |
| 705 idea is that the file is locked whenever an Emacs buffer visiting it has | |
| 706 unsaved changes. | |
| 707 | |
| 708 @cindex collision | |
| 709 If you begin to modify the buffer while the visited file is locked by | |
| 710 someone else, this constitutes a @dfn{collision}. When Emacs detects a | |
| 711 collision, it asks you what to do, by calling the Lisp function | |
| 712 @code{ask-user-about-lock}. You can redefine this function for the sake | |
| 713 of customization. The standard definition of this function asks you a | |
| 714 question and accepts three possible answers: | |
| 715 | |
| 716 @table @kbd | |
| 717 @item s | |
| 718 Steal the lock. Whoever was already changing the file loses the lock, | |
| 719 and you gain the lock. | |
| 720 @item p | |
| 721 Proceed. Go ahead and edit the file despite its being locked by someone else. | |
| 722 @item q | |
| 38739 | 723 Quit. This causes an error (@code{file-locked}), and the buffer |
| 724 contents remain unchanged---the modification you were trying to make | |
| 725 does not actually take place. | |
| 25829 | 726 @end table |
| 727 | |
| 728 Note that locking works on the basis of a file name; if a file has | |
| 729 multiple names, Emacs does not realize that the two names are the same file | |
| 730 and cannot prevent two users from editing it simultaneously under different | |
| 731 names. However, basing locking on names means that Emacs can interlock the | |
| 732 editing of new files that will not really exist until they are saved. | |
| 733 | |
| 734 Some systems are not configured to allow Emacs to make locks, and | |
| 735 there are cases where lock files cannot be written. In these cases, | |
| 736 Emacs cannot detect trouble in advance, but it still can detect the | |
| 737 collision when you try to save a file and overwrite someone else's | |
| 738 changes. | |
| 739 | |
| 740 If Emacs or the operating system crashes, this may leave behind lock | |
|
36327
f32c31c60f60
(Interlocking): Fix wording of "So you may".
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
36326
diff
changeset
|
741 files which are stale, so you may occasionally get warnings about |
| 25829 | 742 spurious collisions. When you determine that the collision is spurious, |
| 743 just use @kbd{p} to tell Emacs to go ahead anyway. | |
| 744 | |
| 745 Every time Emacs saves a buffer, it first checks the last-modification | |
| 746 date of the existing file on disk to verify that it has not changed since the | |
| 747 file was last visited or saved. If the date does not match, it implies | |
| 748 that changes were made in the file in some other way, and these changes are | |
| 749 about to be lost if Emacs actually does save. To prevent this, Emacs | |
|
38870
d44abb4e68b2
Don't use "print" for displaying a message.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
38768
diff
changeset
|
750 displays a warning message and asks for confirmation before saving. |
| 25829 | 751 Occasionally you will know why the file was changed and know that it does |
| 752 not matter; then you can answer @kbd{yes} and proceed. Otherwise, you should | |
| 753 cancel the save with @kbd{C-g} and investigate the situation. | |
| 754 | |
| 755 The first thing you should do when notified that simultaneous editing | |
| 756 has already taken place is to list the directory with @kbd{C-u C-x C-d} | |
| 757 (@pxref{Directories}). This shows the file's current author. You | |
| 758 should attempt to contact him to warn him not to continue editing. | |
| 759 Often the next step is to save the contents of your Emacs buffer under a | |
| 760 different name, and use @code{diff} to compare the two files.@refill | |
| 761 | |
| 31076 | 762 @node File Shadowing |
| 763 @subsection Shadowing Files | |
| 764 @cindex shadow files | |
| 765 @cindex file shadows | |
| 766 | |
| 767 @table @kbd | |
| 768 @item M-x shadow-initialize | |
| 769 Set up file shadowing. | |
|
36136
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
770 @item M-x shadow-define-literal-group |
|
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
771 Declare a single file to be shared between sites. |
|
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
772 @item M-x shadow-define-regexp-group |
|
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
773 Make all files that match each of a group of files be shared between hosts. |
| 31076 | 774 @item M-x shadow-define-cluster @key{RET} @var{name} @key{RET} |
| 775 Define a shadow file cluster @var{name}. | |
| 776 @item M-x shadow-copy-files | |
| 777 Copy all pending shadow files. | |
|
36136
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
778 @item M-x shadow-cancel |
|
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
779 Cancel the instruction to shadow some files. |
| 31076 | 780 @end table |
| 781 | |
|
36136
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
782 You can arrange to keep identical @dfn{shadow} copies of certain files |
|
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
783 in more than one place---possibly on different machines. To do this, |
|
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
784 first you must set up a @dfn{shadow file group}, which is a set of |
|
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
785 identically-named files shared between a list of sites. The file |
|
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
786 group is permanent and applies to further Emacs sessions as well as |
|
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
787 the current one. Once the group is set up, every time you exit Emacs, |
|
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
788 it will copy the file you edited to the other files in its group. You |
|
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
789 can also do the copying without exiting Emacs, by typing @kbd{M-x |
|
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
790 shadow-copy-files}. |
|
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
791 |
|
37315
702729e72132
Change @var to @code in many places.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
37090
diff
changeset
|
792 To set up a shadow file group, use @kbd{M-x |
|
702729e72132
Change @var to @code in many places.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
37090
diff
changeset
|
793 shadow-define-literal-group} or @kbd{M-x shadow-define-regexp-group}. |
|
702729e72132
Change @var to @code in many places.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
37090
diff
changeset
|
794 See their documentation strings for further information. |
|
36136
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
795 |
|
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
796 Before copying a file to its shadows, Emacs asks for confirmation. |
|
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
797 You can answer ``no'' to bypass copying of this file, this time. If |
|
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
798 you want to cancel the shadowing permanently for a certain file, use |
|
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
799 @kbd{M-x shadow-cancel} to eliminate or change the shadow file group. |
|
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
800 |
|
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
801 A @dfn{shadow cluster} is a group of hosts that share directories, so |
|
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
802 that copying to or from one of them is sufficient to update the file |
|
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
803 on all of them. Each shadow cluster has a name, and specifies the |
|
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
804 network address of a primary host (the one we copy files to), and a |
| 39263 | 805 regular expression that matches the host names of all the other hosts |
|
36136
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
806 in the cluster. You can define a shadow cluster with @kbd{M-x |
|
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
807 shadow-define-cluster}. |
| 31076 | 808 |
| 35524 | 809 @node Time Stamps |
| 810 @subsection Updating Time Stamps Automatically | |
| 811 @findex time-stamp | |
| 812 @cindex time stamps | |
| 813 @cindex modification dates | |
| 35620 | 814 @cindex locale, date format |
| 35524 | 815 |
|
38064
b8ea59337400
Proofreading fixes from Art the Lemming <lemming@gimp.shacknet.nu>.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
38020
diff
changeset
|
816 You can arrange to put a time stamp in a file, so that it will be updated |
|
36136
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
817 automatically each time you edit and save the file. The time stamp |
|
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
818 has to be in the first eight lines of the file, and you should |
|
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
819 insert it like this: |
|
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
820 |
| 35524 | 821 @example |
| 822 Time-stamp: <> | |
| 823 @end example | |
|
36136
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
824 |
| 35524 | 825 @noindent |
|
36136
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
826 or like this: |
|
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
827 |
| 35524 | 828 @example |
| 829 Time-stamp: "" | |
| 830 @end example | |
|
36136
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
831 |
|
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
832 Then add the hook function @code{time-stamp} to the hook |
|
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
833 @code{write-file-hooks}; that hook function will automatically update |
|
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
834 the time stamp, inserting the current date and time when you save the |
|
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
835 file. You can also use the command @kbd{M-x time-stamp} to update the |
|
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
836 time stamp manually. For other customizations, see the Custom group |
|
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
837 @code{time-stamp}. Note that non-numeric fields in the time stamp are |
|
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
838 formatted according to your locale setting (@pxref{Environment}). |
| 35524 | 839 |
| 25829 | 840 @node Reverting |
| 841 @section Reverting a Buffer | |
| 842 @findex revert-buffer | |
| 843 @cindex drastic changes | |
|
36547
4dff107cf2a1
(Reverting): Add an index entry "reread a file".
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
36402
diff
changeset
|
844 @cindex reread a file |
| 25829 | 845 |
| 846 If you have made extensive changes to a file and then change your mind | |
| 847 about them, you can get rid of them by reading in the previous version | |
| 848 of the file. To do this, use @kbd{M-x revert-buffer}, which operates on | |
| 849 the current buffer. Since reverting a buffer unintentionally could lose | |
| 850 a lot of work, you must confirm this command with @kbd{yes}. | |
| 851 | |
| 852 @code{revert-buffer} keeps point at the same distance (measured in | |
| 853 characters) from the beginning of the file. If the file was edited only | |
| 854 slightly, you will be at approximately the same piece of text after | |
| 855 reverting as before. If you have made drastic changes, the same value of | |
| 856 point in the old file may address a totally different piece of text. | |
| 857 | |
| 858 Reverting marks the buffer as ``not modified'' until another change is | |
| 859 made. | |
| 860 | |
| 861 Some kinds of buffers whose contents reflect data bases other than files, | |
| 862 such as Dired buffers, can also be reverted. For them, reverting means | |
| 863 recalculating their contents from the appropriate data base. Buffers | |
| 864 created explicitly with @kbd{C-x b} cannot be reverted; @code{revert-buffer} | |
| 865 reports an error when asked to do so. | |
| 866 | |
| 867 @vindex revert-without-query | |
| 868 When you edit a file that changes automatically and frequently---for | |
| 869 example, a log of output from a process that continues to run---it may be | |
| 870 useful for Emacs to revert the file without querying you, whenever you | |
| 871 visit the file again with @kbd{C-x C-f}. | |
| 872 | |
| 873 To request this behavior, set the variable @code{revert-without-query} | |
| 874 to a list of regular expressions. When a file name matches one of these | |
| 875 regular expressions, @code{find-file} and @code{revert-buffer} will | |
| 876 revert it automatically if it has changed---provided the buffer itself | |
| 877 is not modified. (If you have edited the text, it would be wrong to | |
| 878 discard your changes.) | |
| 879 | |
| 36874 | 880 @cindex Global Auto-Revert mode |
| 881 @cindex mode, Global Auto-Revert | |
| 882 @cindex Auto-Revert mode | |
| 883 @cindex mode, Auto-Revert | |
| 884 @findex global-auto-revert-mode | |
| 885 @findex auto-revert-mode | |
| 886 @vindex auto-revert-interval | |
| 887 You may find it useful to have Emacs revert files automatically when | |
| 888 they change. Two minor modes are available to do this. In Global | |
| 889 Auto-Revert mode, Emacs periodically checks all file buffers and | |
| 890 reverts any when the corresponding file has changed. The local | |
| 891 variant, Auto-Revert mode, applies only to buffers in which it was | |
| 892 activated. Checking the files is done at intervals determined by the | |
| 893 variable @code{auto-revert-interval}. | |
| 894 | |
| 25829 | 895 @node Auto Save |
| 896 @section Auto-Saving: Protection Against Disasters | |
| 897 @cindex Auto Save mode | |
| 898 @cindex mode, Auto Save | |
| 899 @cindex crashes | |
| 900 | |
| 901 Emacs saves all the visited files from time to time (based on counting | |
| 902 your keystrokes) without being asked. This is called @dfn{auto-saving}. | |
| 903 It prevents you from losing more than a limited amount of work if the | |
| 904 system crashes. | |
| 905 | |
| 906 When Emacs determines that it is time for auto-saving, each buffer is | |
| 907 considered, and is auto-saved if auto-saving is turned on for it and it | |
| 908 has been changed since the last time it was auto-saved. The message | |
| 909 @samp{Auto-saving...} is displayed in the echo area during auto-saving, | |
| 910 if any files are actually auto-saved. Errors occurring during | |
| 911 auto-saving are caught so that they do not interfere with the execution | |
| 912 of commands you have been typing. | |
| 913 | |
| 914 @menu | |
| 915 * Files: Auto Save Files. The file where auto-saved changes are | |
| 916 actually made until you save the file. | |
| 917 * Control: Auto Save Control. Controlling when and how often to auto-save. | |
| 918 * Recover:: Recovering text from auto-save files. | |
| 919 @end menu | |
| 920 | |
| 921 @node Auto Save Files | |
| 922 @subsection Auto-Save Files | |
| 923 | |
| 924 Auto-saving does not normally save in the files that you visited, because | |
| 925 it can be very undesirable to save a program that is in an inconsistent | |
| 926 state when you have made half of a planned change. Instead, auto-saving | |
| 927 is done in a different file called the @dfn{auto-save file}, and the | |
| 928 visited file is changed only when you request saving explicitly (such as | |
| 929 with @kbd{C-x C-s}). | |
| 930 | |
| 931 Normally, the auto-save file name is made by appending @samp{#} to the | |
| 932 front and rear of the visited file name. Thus, a buffer visiting file | |
| 933 @file{foo.c} is auto-saved in a file @file{#foo.c#}. Most buffers that | |
| 934 are not visiting files are auto-saved only if you request it explicitly; | |
| 935 when they are auto-saved, the auto-save file name is made by appending | |
| 936 @samp{#%} to the front and @samp{#} to the rear of buffer name. For | |
| 937 example, the @samp{*mail*} buffer in which you compose messages to be | |
| 938 sent is auto-saved in a file named @file{#%*mail*#}. Auto-save file | |
| 939 names are made this way unless you reprogram parts of Emacs to do | |
| 940 something different (the functions @code{make-auto-save-file-name} and | |
| 941 @code{auto-save-file-name-p}). The file name to be used for auto-saving | |
| 942 in a buffer is calculated when auto-saving is turned on in that buffer. | |
| 943 | |
| 944 When you delete a substantial part of the text in a large buffer, auto | |
| 945 save turns off temporarily in that buffer. This is because if you | |
| 946 deleted the text unintentionally, you might find the auto-save file more | |
| 947 useful if it contains the deleted text. To reenable auto-saving after | |
| 948 this happens, save the buffer with @kbd{C-x C-s}, or use @kbd{C-u 1 M-x | |
| 949 auto-save}. | |
| 950 | |
| 951 @vindex auto-save-visited-file-name | |
| 38739 | 952 If you want auto-saving to be done in the visited file rather than |
| 953 in a separate auto-save file, set the variable | |
| 954 @code{auto-save-visited-file-name} to a non-@code{nil} value. In this | |
| 955 mode, there is no real difference between auto-saving and explicit | |
| 956 saving. | |
| 25829 | 957 |
| 958 @vindex delete-auto-save-files | |
| 959 A buffer's auto-save file is deleted when you save the buffer in its | |
| 960 visited file. To inhibit this, set the variable @code{delete-auto-save-files} | |
| 961 to @code{nil}. Changing the visited file name with @kbd{C-x C-w} or | |
| 962 @code{set-visited-file-name} renames any auto-save file to go with | |
| 963 the new visited name. | |
| 964 | |
| 965 @node Auto Save Control | |
| 966 @subsection Controlling Auto-Saving | |
| 967 | |
| 968 @vindex auto-save-default | |
| 969 @findex auto-save-mode | |
| 970 Each time you visit a file, auto-saving is turned on for that file's | |
| 971 buffer if the variable @code{auto-save-default} is non-@code{nil} (but not | |
| 972 in batch mode; @pxref{Entering Emacs}). The default for this variable is | |
| 973 @code{t}, so auto-saving is the usual practice for file-visiting buffers. | |
| 974 Auto-saving can be turned on or off for any existing buffer with the | |
| 975 command @kbd{M-x auto-save-mode}. Like other minor mode commands, @kbd{M-x | |
| 976 auto-save-mode} turns auto-saving on with a positive argument, off with a | |
| 977 zero or negative argument; with no argument, it toggles. | |
| 978 | |
| 979 @vindex auto-save-interval | |
| 980 Emacs does auto-saving periodically based on counting how many characters | |
| 981 you have typed since the last time auto-saving was done. The variable | |
| 982 @code{auto-save-interval} specifies how many characters there are between | |
|
40682
e9a06f7efd3f
(Auto Save Control): Document that values of auto-save-interval less
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
39263
diff
changeset
|
983 auto-saves. By default, it is 300. Emacs doesn't accept values that are |
|
e9a06f7efd3f
(Auto Save Control): Document that values of auto-save-interval less
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
39263
diff
changeset
|
984 too small: if you customize @code{auto-save-interval} to a value less |
|
e9a06f7efd3f
(Auto Save Control): Document that values of auto-save-interval less
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
39263
diff
changeset
|
985 than 20, Emacs will behave as if the value is 20. |
| 25829 | 986 |
| 987 @vindex auto-save-timeout | |
| 988 Auto-saving also takes place when you stop typing for a while. The | |
| 989 variable @code{auto-save-timeout} says how many seconds Emacs should | |
| 990 wait before it does an auto save (and perhaps also a garbage | |
| 991 collection). (The actual time period is longer if the current buffer is | |
| 992 long; this is a heuristic which aims to keep out of your way when you | |
| 993 are editing long buffers, in which auto-save takes an appreciable amount | |
| 994 of time.) Auto-saving during idle periods accomplishes two things: | |
| 995 first, it makes sure all your work is saved if you go away from the | |
| 996 terminal for a while; second, it may avoid some auto-saving while you | |
| 997 are actually typing. | |
| 998 | |
| 999 Emacs also does auto-saving whenever it gets a fatal error. This | |
| 1000 includes killing the Emacs job with a shell command such as @samp{kill | |
| 1001 %emacs}, or disconnecting a phone line or network connection. | |
| 1002 | |
| 1003 @findex do-auto-save | |
| 1004 You can request an auto-save explicitly with the command @kbd{M-x | |
| 1005 do-auto-save}. | |
| 1006 | |
| 1007 @node Recover | |
| 1008 @subsection Recovering Data from Auto-Saves | |
| 1009 | |
| 1010 @findex recover-file | |
| 1011 You can use the contents of an auto-save file to recover from a loss | |
| 1012 of data with the command @kbd{M-x recover-file @key{RET} @var{file} | |
| 1013 @key{RET}}. This visits @var{file} and then (after your confirmation) | |
| 1014 restores the contents from its auto-save file @file{#@var{file}#}. | |
| 1015 You can then save with @kbd{C-x C-s} to put the recovered text into | |
| 1016 @var{file} itself. For example, to recover file @file{foo.c} from its | |
| 1017 auto-save file @file{#foo.c#}, do:@refill | |
| 1018 | |
| 1019 @example | |
| 1020 M-x recover-file @key{RET} foo.c @key{RET} | |
| 1021 yes @key{RET} | |
| 1022 C-x C-s | |
| 1023 @end example | |
| 1024 | |
| 1025 Before asking for confirmation, @kbd{M-x recover-file} displays a | |
| 1026 directory listing describing the specified file and the auto-save file, | |
| 1027 so you can compare their sizes and dates. If the auto-save file | |
| 1028 is older, @kbd{M-x recover-file} does not offer to read it. | |
| 1029 | |
| 1030 @findex recover-session | |
| 1031 If Emacs or the computer crashes, you can recover all the files you | |
| 1032 were editing from their auto save files with the command @kbd{M-x | |
| 1033 recover-session}. This first shows you a list of recorded interrupted | |
| 1034 sessions. Move point to the one you choose, and type @kbd{C-c C-c}. | |
| 1035 | |
| 1036 Then @code{recover-session} asks about each of the files that were | |
| 1037 being edited during that session, asking whether to recover that file. | |
| 1038 If you answer @kbd{y}, it calls @code{recover-file}, which works in its | |
| 1039 normal fashion. It shows the dates of the original file and its | |
| 1040 auto-save file, and asks once again whether to recover that file. | |
| 1041 | |
| 1042 When @code{recover-session} is done, the files you've chosen to | |
| 1043 recover are present in Emacs buffers. You should then save them. Only | |
| 1044 this---saving them---updates the files themselves. | |
| 1045 | |
| 1046 @vindex auto-save-list-file-prefix | |
|
36136
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
1047 Emacs records interrupted sessions for later recovery in files named |
| 31076 | 1048 @file{~/.emacs.d/auto-save-list/.saves-@var{pid}-@var{hostname}}. The |
| 35337 | 1049 @samp{~/.emacs.d/auto-save-list/.saves-} portion of these names comes |
|
36136
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
1050 from the value of @code{auto-save-list-file-prefix}. You can record |
|
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
1051 sessions in a different place by customizing that variable. If you |
|
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
1052 set @code{auto-save-list-file-prefix} to @code{nil} in your |
|
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
1053 @file{.emacs} file, sessions are not recorded for recovery. |
| 25829 | 1054 |
| 1055 @node File Aliases | |
| 1056 @section File Name Aliases | |
| 1057 | |
| 1058 Symbolic links and hard links both make it possible for several file | |
| 1059 names to refer to the same file. Hard links are alternate names that | |
| 1060 refer directly to the file; all the names are equally valid, and no one | |
| 1061 of them is preferred. By contrast, a symbolic link is a kind of defined | |
| 1062 alias: when @file{foo} is a symbolic link to @file{bar}, you can use | |
| 1063 either name to refer to the file, but @file{bar} is the real name, while | |
| 1064 @file{foo} is just an alias. More complex cases occur when symbolic | |
| 1065 links point to directories. | |
| 1066 | |
| 1067 If you visit two names for the same file, normally Emacs makes | |
| 1068 two different buffers, but it warns you about the situation. | |
| 1069 | |
|
33278
7b666d4d4007
(File Aliases): Change description of find-file-existing-other-name
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
32221
diff
changeset
|
1070 @vindex find-file-existing-other-name |
|
38922
526466ad5a06
(File Aliases): Document find-file-suppress-same-file-warnings.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
38870
diff
changeset
|
1071 @vindex find-file-suppress-same-file-warnings |
|
36136
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
1072 Normally, if you visit a file which Emacs is already visiting under |
|
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
1073 a different name, Emacs displays a message in the echo area and uses |
|
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
1074 the existing buffer visiting that file. This can happen on systems |
|
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
1075 that support symbolic links, or if you use a long file name on a |
|
38922
526466ad5a06
(File Aliases): Document find-file-suppress-same-file-warnings.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
38870
diff
changeset
|
1076 system that truncates long file names. You can suppress the message by |
|
526466ad5a06
(File Aliases): Document find-file-suppress-same-file-warnings.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
38870
diff
changeset
|
1077 setting the variable @code{find-file-suppress-same-file-warnings} to a |
|
526466ad5a06
(File Aliases): Document find-file-suppress-same-file-warnings.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
38870
diff
changeset
|
1078 non-@code{nil} value. You can disable this feature entirely by setting |
|
526466ad5a06
(File Aliases): Document find-file-suppress-same-file-warnings.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
38870
diff
changeset
|
1079 the variable @code{find-file-existing-other-name} to @code{nil}: then |
|
526466ad5a06
(File Aliases): Document find-file-suppress-same-file-warnings.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
38870
diff
changeset
|
1080 if you visit the same file under two different names, you get a separate |
|
526466ad5a06
(File Aliases): Document find-file-suppress-same-file-warnings.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
38870
diff
changeset
|
1081 buffer for each file name. |
| 25829 | 1082 |
| 1083 @vindex find-file-visit-truename | |
| 1084 @cindex truenames of files | |
| 1085 @cindex file truenames | |
| 1086 If the variable @code{find-file-visit-truename} is non-@code{nil}, | |
| 1087 then the file name recorded for a buffer is the file's @dfn{truename} | |
| 1088 (made by replacing all symbolic links with their target names), rather | |
| 1089 than the name you specify. Setting @code{find-file-visit-truename} also | |
| 1090 implies the effect of @code{find-file-existing-other-name}. | |
| 1091 | |
| 1092 @node Version Control | |
| 1093 @section Version Control | |
| 1094 @cindex version control | |
| 1095 | |
| 1096 @dfn{Version control systems} are packages that can record multiple | |
| 1097 versions of a source file, usually storing the unchanged parts of the | |
| 1098 file just once. Version control systems also record history information | |
| 1099 such as the creation time of each version, who created it, and a | |
| 1100 description of what was changed in that version. | |
| 1101 | |
|
36385
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
1102 The Emacs version control interface is called VC. Its commands work |
|
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
1103 with three version control systems---RCS, CVS, and SCCS. The GNU |
|
36136
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
1104 project recommends RCS and CVS, which are free software and available |
|
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
1105 from the Free Software Foundation. We also have free software to |
|
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
1106 replace SCCS, known as CSSC; if you are using SCCS and don't want to |
|
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
1107 make the incompatible change to RCS or CVS, you can switch to CSSC. |
| 25829 | 1108 |
| 1109 @menu | |
| 1110 * Introduction to VC:: How version control works in general. | |
|
42338
8649ccc72076
Rewrite Types of Log File node.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
42327
diff
changeset
|
1111 * VC Mode Line:: How the mode line shows version control status. |
| 25829 | 1112 * Basic VC Editing:: How to edit a file under version control. |
| 1113 * Old Versions:: Examining and comparing old versions. | |
| 1114 * Secondary VC Commands:: The commands used a little less frequently. | |
| 1115 * Branches:: Multiple lines of development. | |
|
36355
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
Andr? Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
1116 * Remote Repositories:: Efficient access to remote CVS servers. |
| 25829 | 1117 * Snapshots:: Sets of file versions treated as a unit. |
| 1118 * Miscellaneous VC:: Various other commands and features of VC. | |
| 1119 * Customizing VC:: Variables that change VC's behavior. | |
| 1120 @end menu | |
| 1121 | |
| 1122 @node Introduction to VC | |
| 1123 @subsection Introduction to Version Control | |
| 1124 | |
| 1125 VC allows you to use a version control system from within Emacs, | |
| 1126 integrating the version control operations smoothly with editing. VC | |
| 1127 provides a uniform interface to version control, so that regardless of | |
| 1128 which version control system is in use, you can use it the same way. | |
| 1129 | |
| 1130 This section provides a general overview of version control, and | |
| 1131 describes the version control systems that VC supports. You can skip | |
| 1132 this section if you are already familiar with the version control system | |
| 1133 you want to use. | |
| 1134 | |
| 1135 @menu | |
| 1136 * Version Systems:: Supported version control back-end systems. | |
| 1137 * VC Concepts:: Words and concepts related to version control. | |
|
42327
86a0b7cc1600
Explain the difference between the per-file log maintained by the
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
40682
diff
changeset
|
1138 * Types of Log File:: The per-file VC log in contrast to the ChangeLog. |
| 25829 | 1139 @end menu |
| 1140 | |
| 1141 @node Version Systems | |
| 1142 @subsubsection Supported Version Control Systems | |
| 1143 | |
| 1144 @cindex RCS | |
| 1145 @cindex back end (version control) | |
| 1146 VC currently works with three different version control systems or | |
| 1147 ``back ends'': RCS, CVS, and SCCS. | |
| 1148 | |
| 1149 RCS is a free version control system that is available from the Free | |
| 1150 Software Foundation. It is perhaps the most mature of the supported | |
| 1151 back ends, and the VC commands are conceptually closest to RCS. Almost | |
| 1152 everything you can do with RCS can be done through VC. | |
| 1153 | |
| 1154 @cindex CVS | |
| 1155 CVS is built on top of RCS, and extends the features of RCS, allowing | |
| 1156 for more sophisticated release management, and concurrent multi-user | |
| 1157 development. VC supports basic editing operations under CVS, but for | |
| 1158 some less common tasks you still need to call CVS from the command line. | |
| 1159 Note also that before using CVS you must set up a repository, which is a | |
| 1160 subject too complex to treat here. | |
| 1161 | |
| 1162 @cindex SCCS | |
| 1163 SCCS is a proprietary but widely used version control system. In | |
| 1164 terms of capabilities, it is the weakest of the three that VC | |
| 1165 supports. VC compensates for certain features missing in SCCS | |
| 1166 (snapshots, for example) by implementing them itself, but some other VC | |
| 1167 features, such as multiple branches, are not available with SCCS. You | |
| 1168 should use SCCS only if for some reason you cannot use RCS. | |
| 1169 | |
| 1170 @node VC Concepts | |
| 1171 @subsubsection Concepts of Version Control | |
| 1172 | |
| 1173 @cindex master file | |
| 1174 @cindex registered file | |
| 1175 When a file is under version control, we also say that it is | |
| 1176 @dfn{registered} in the version control system. Each registered file | |
| 1177 has a corresponding @dfn{master file} which represents the file's | |
| 1178 present state plus its change history---enough to reconstruct the | |
| 1179 current version or any earlier version. Usually the master file also | |
| 1180 records a @dfn{log entry} for each version, describing in words what was | |
| 1181 changed in that version. | |
| 1182 | |
| 1183 @cindex work file | |
| 1184 @cindex checking out files | |
| 1185 The file that is maintained under version control is sometimes called | |
| 1186 the @dfn{work file} corresponding to its master file. You edit the work | |
| 1187 file and make changes in it, as you would with an ordinary file. (With | |
| 1188 SCCS and RCS, you must @dfn{lock} the file before you start to edit it.) | |
| 1189 After you are done with a set of changes, you @dfn{check the file in}, | |
| 1190 which records the changes in the master file, along with a log entry for | |
| 1191 them. | |
| 1192 | |
| 1193 With CVS, there are usually multiple work files corresponding to a | |
| 1194 single master file---often each user has his own copy. It is also | |
| 1195 possible to use RCS in this way, but this is not the usual way to use | |
| 1196 RCS. | |
| 1197 | |
| 1198 @cindex locking and version control | |
| 1199 A version control system typically has some mechanism to coordinate | |
| 1200 between users who want to change the same file. One method is | |
| 1201 @dfn{locking} (analogous to the locking that Emacs uses to detect | |
| 1202 simultaneous editing of a file, but distinct from it). The other method | |
| 1203 is to merge your changes with other people's changes when you check them | |
| 1204 in. | |
| 1205 | |
| 1206 With version control locking, work files are normally read-only so | |
| 1207 that you cannot change them. You ask the version control system to make | |
| 1208 a work file writable for you by locking it; only one user can do | |
| 1209 this at any given time. When you check in your changes, that unlocks | |
| 1210 the file, making the work file read-only again. This allows other users | |
| 1211 to lock the file to make further changes. SCCS always uses locking, and | |
| 1212 RCS normally does. | |
| 1213 | |
| 1214 The other alternative for RCS is to let each user modify the work file | |
| 1215 at any time. In this mode, locking is not required, but it is | |
| 1216 permitted; check-in is still the way to record a new version. | |
| 1217 | |
| 1218 CVS normally allows each user to modify his own copy of the work file | |
| 1219 at any time, but requires merging with changes from other users at | |
| 1220 check-in time. However, CVS can also be set up to require locking. | |
|
36355
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
Andr? Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
1221 (@pxref{CVS Options}). |
| 25829 | 1222 |
|
42327
86a0b7cc1600
Explain the difference between the per-file log maintained by the
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
40682
diff
changeset
|
1223 @node Types of Log File |
|
86a0b7cc1600
Explain the difference between the per-file log maintained by the
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
40682
diff
changeset
|
1224 @subsubsection Types of Log File |
|
42338
8649ccc72076
Rewrite Types of Log File node.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
42327
diff
changeset
|
1225 @cindex types of log file |
|
8649ccc72076
Rewrite Types of Log File node.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
42327
diff
changeset
|
1226 @cindex log File, types of |
|
8649ccc72076
Rewrite Types of Log File node.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
42327
diff
changeset
|
1227 @cindex version control log |
|
42327
86a0b7cc1600
Explain the difference between the per-file log maintained by the
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
40682
diff
changeset
|
1228 |
|
86a0b7cc1600
Explain the difference between the per-file log maintained by the
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
40682
diff
changeset
|
1229 GNU projects under a revision control system generally possess |
|
42338
8649ccc72076
Rewrite Types of Log File node.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
42327
diff
changeset
|
1230 @emph{two} types of log for changes. One is the per-file log |
|
8649ccc72076
Rewrite Types of Log File node.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
42327
diff
changeset
|
1231 maintained by the revision control system: each time you check in a |
|
8649ccc72076
Rewrite Types of Log File node.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
42327
diff
changeset
|
1232 change, you must fill out a @dfn{log entry} for the change (@pxref{Log |
|
8649ccc72076
Rewrite Types of Log File node.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
42327
diff
changeset
|
1233 Buffer}). This kind of log is called the @dfn{version control log}, |
|
42433
21907e7569d1
Minor cleanup of previous change.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
42338
diff
changeset
|
1234 also the @dfn{revision control log}, @dfn{RCS log}, or @dfn{CVS log}. |
|
21907e7569d1
Minor cleanup of previous change.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
42338
diff
changeset
|
1235 |
|
21907e7569d1
Minor cleanup of previous change.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
42338
diff
changeset
|
1236 The other kind of log is the change log file, typically a file called |
|
42338
8649ccc72076
Rewrite Types of Log File node.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
42327
diff
changeset
|
1237 @file{ChangeLog}. It provides a chronological record of all changes |
|
8649ccc72076
Rewrite Types of Log File node.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
42327
diff
changeset
|
1238 to a large portion of a program---one directory and its |
|
8649ccc72076
Rewrite Types of Log File node.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
42327
diff
changeset
|
1239 subdirectories. A small program would use one @file{ChangeLog} file; |
|
8649ccc72076
Rewrite Types of Log File node.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
42327
diff
changeset
|
1240 a large program may well merit a @file{ChangeLog} file in each major |
|
8649ccc72076
Rewrite Types of Log File node.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
42327
diff
changeset
|
1241 directory. @xref{Change Log}. |
|
8649ccc72076
Rewrite Types of Log File node.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
42327
diff
changeset
|
1242 |
|
8649ccc72076
Rewrite Types of Log File node.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
42327
diff
changeset
|
1243 When you use version control, you can use just the per-file log if you |
|
8649ccc72076
Rewrite Types of Log File node.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
42327
diff
changeset
|
1244 wish, or you can use both kinds of logs. When you use both, you |
|
8649ccc72076
Rewrite Types of Log File node.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
42327
diff
changeset
|
1245 typically want to write just one entry for each change. You can write |
|
8649ccc72076
Rewrite Types of Log File node.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
42327
diff
changeset
|
1246 the entry in @file{ChangeLog}, then copy it to the log buffer when you |
|
8649ccc72076
Rewrite Types of Log File node.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
42327
diff
changeset
|
1247 check in the change. Or you can write the entry in the log buffer |
|
8649ccc72076
Rewrite Types of Log File node.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
42327
diff
changeset
|
1248 while checking in the change, and later use the @kbd{C-x v a} command |
|
8649ccc72076
Rewrite Types of Log File node.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
42327
diff
changeset
|
1249 to copy it to @file{ChangeLog} (@pxref{Change Logs and VC}). |
|
42327
86a0b7cc1600
Explain the difference between the per-file log maintained by the
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
40682
diff
changeset
|
1250 |
| 25829 | 1251 @node VC Mode Line |
| 1252 @subsection Version Control and the Mode Line | |
| 1253 | |
| 1254 When you visit a file that is under version control, Emacs indicates | |
| 1255 this on the mode line. For example, @samp{RCS-1.3} says that RCS is | |
| 1256 used for that file, and the current version is 1.3. | |
| 1257 | |
| 1258 The character between the back-end name and the version number | |
| 1259 indicates the version control status of the file. @samp{-} means that | |
| 1260 the work file is not locked (if locking is in use), or not modified (if | |
| 1261 locking is not in use). @samp{:} indicates that the file is locked, or | |
| 1262 that it is modified. If the file is locked by some other user (for | |
| 1263 instance, @samp{jim}), that is displayed as @samp{RCS:jim:1.3}. | |
| 1264 | |
| 1265 @node Basic VC Editing | |
| 1266 @subsection Basic Editing under Version Control | |
| 1267 | |
| 1268 The principal VC command is an all-purpose command that performs | |
| 1269 either locking or check-in, depending on the situation. | |
| 1270 | |
| 1271 @table @kbd | |
| 1272 @item C-x C-q | |
| 1273 @itemx C-x v v | |
| 1274 Perform the next logical version control operation on this file. | |
| 1275 @end table | |
| 1276 | |
| 1277 @findex vc-next-action | |
| 1278 @findex vc-toggle-read-only | |
| 1279 @kindex C-x v v | |
| 1280 @kindex C-x C-q @r{(Version Control)} | |
| 1281 Strictly speaking, the command for this job is @code{vc-next-action}, | |
| 1282 bound to @kbd{C-x v v}. However, the normal meaning of @kbd{C-x C-q} is | |
| 1283 to make a read-only buffer writable, or vice versa; we have extended it | |
| 1284 to do the same job properly for files managed by version control, by | |
| 1285 performing the appropriate version control operations. When you type | |
| 1286 @kbd{C-x C-q} on a registered file, it acts like @kbd{C-x v v}. | |
| 1287 | |
| 1288 The precise action of this command depends on the state of the file, | |
| 1289 and whether the version control system uses locking or not. SCCS and | |
| 1290 RCS normally use locking; CVS normally does not use locking. | |
| 1291 | |
| 1292 @menu | |
| 1293 * VC with Locking:: RCS in its default mode, SCCS, and optionally CVS. | |
| 1294 * Without Locking:: Without locking: default mode for CVS. | |
|
36402
e06c9b1a0b04
(Advanced C-x C-q): Fix prev change.
Andr? Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36385
diff
changeset
|
1295 * Advanced C-x C-q:: Advanced features available with a prefix argument. |
| 25829 | 1296 * Log Buffer:: Features available in log entry buffers. |
| 1297 @end menu | |
| 1298 | |
| 1299 @node VC with Locking | |
| 1300 @subsubsection Basic Version Control with Locking | |
| 1301 | |
| 1302 If locking is used for the file (as with SCCS, and RCS in its default | |
| 1303 mode), @kbd{C-x C-q} can either lock a file or check it in: | |
| 1304 | |
| 1305 @itemize @bullet | |
| 1306 @item | |
| 1307 If the file is not locked, @kbd{C-x C-q} locks it, and | |
| 1308 makes it writable so that you can change it. | |
| 1309 | |
| 1310 @item | |
| 1311 If the file is locked by you, and contains changes, @kbd{C-x C-q} checks | |
| 1312 in the changes. In order to do this, it first reads the log entry | |
| 1313 for the new version. @xref{Log Buffer}. | |
| 1314 | |
| 1315 @item | |
| 1316 If the file is locked by you, but you have not changed it since you | |
| 1317 locked it, @kbd{C-x C-q} releases the lock and makes the file read-only | |
| 1318 again. | |
| 1319 | |
| 1320 @item | |
| 1321 If the file is locked by some other user, @kbd{C-x C-q} asks you whether | |
| 1322 you want to ``steal the lock'' from that user. If you say yes, the file | |
| 1323 becomes locked by you, but a message is sent to the person who had | |
| 1324 formerly locked the file, to inform him of what has happened. | |
| 1325 @end itemize | |
| 1326 | |
| 1327 These rules also apply when you use CVS in locking mode, except | |
| 1328 that there is no such thing as stealing a lock. | |
| 1329 | |
| 1330 @node Without Locking | |
| 1331 @subsubsection Basic Version Control without Locking | |
| 1332 | |
| 1333 When there is no locking---the default for CVS---work files are always | |
| 1334 writable; you do not need to do anything before you begin to edit a | |
| 1335 file. The status indicator on the mode line is @samp{-} if the file is | |
| 1336 unmodified; it flips to @samp{:} as soon as you save any changes in the | |
| 1337 work file. | |
| 1338 | |
| 1339 Here is what @kbd{C-x C-q} does when using CVS: | |
| 1340 | |
| 1341 @itemize @bullet | |
| 1342 @item | |
|
36385
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
1343 If some other user has checked in changes into the master file, Emacs |
|
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
1344 asks you whether you want to merge those changes into your own work |
|
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
1345 file. You must do this before you can check in your own changes. (To |
|
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
1346 pick up any recent changes from the master file @emph{without} trying |
|
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
1347 to commit your own changes, type @kbd{C-x v m @key{RET}}.) |
|
36355
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
Andr? Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
1348 @xref{Merging}. |
| 25829 | 1349 |
| 1350 @item | |
| 1351 If there are no new changes in the master file, but you have made | |
| 1352 modifications in your work file, @kbd{C-x C-q} checks in your changes. | |
| 1353 In order to do this, it first reads the log entry for the new version. | |
| 1354 @xref{Log Buffer}. | |
| 1355 | |
| 1356 @item | |
| 1357 If the file is not modified, the @kbd{C-x C-q} does nothing. | |
| 1358 @end itemize | |
| 1359 | |
| 1360 These rules also apply when you use RCS in the mode that does not | |
| 1361 require locking, except that automatic merging of changes from the | |
| 1362 master file is not implemented. Unfortunately, this means that nothing | |
| 1363 informs you if another user has checked in changes in the same file | |
| 1364 since you began editing it, and when this happens, his changes will be | |
| 1365 effectively removed when you check in your version (though they will | |
| 1366 remain in the master file, so they will not be entirely lost). You must | |
| 1367 therefore verify the current version is unchanged, before you check in your | |
| 1368 changes. We hope to eliminate this risk and provide automatic merging | |
| 1369 with RCS in a future Emacs version. | |
| 1370 | |
| 1371 In addition, locking is possible with RCS even in this mode, although | |
| 1372 it is not required; @kbd{C-x C-q} with an unmodified file locks the | |
| 1373 file, just as it does with RCS in its normal (locking) mode. | |
| 1374 | |
|
36385
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
1375 @node Advanced C-x C-q |
|
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
1376 @subsubsection Advanced Control in @kbd{C-x C-q} |
|
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
1377 |
|
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
1378 When you give a prefix argument to @code{vc-next-action} (@kbd{C-u |
|
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
1379 C-x C-q}), it still performs the next logical version control |
|
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
1380 operation, but accepts additional arguments to specify precisely how |
|
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
1381 to do the operation. |
|
36355
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
Andr? Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
1382 |
|
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
Andr? Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
1383 @itemize @bullet |
|
36385
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
1384 @item |
|
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
1385 If the file is modified (or locked), you can specify the version |
| 38739 | 1386 number to use for the new version that you check in. This is one way |
|
36385
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
1387 to create a new branch (@pxref{Branches}). |
|
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
1388 |
|
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
1389 @item |
|
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
1390 If the file is not modified (and unlocked), you can specify the |
|
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
1391 version to select; this lets you start working from an older version, |
|
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
1392 or on another branch. If you do not enter any version, that takes you |
|
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
1393 to the highest version on the current branch; therefore @kbd{C-u C-x |
|
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
1394 C-q @key{RET}} is a convenient way to get the latest version of a file from |
|
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
1395 the repository. |
|
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
1396 |
|
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
1397 @item |
|
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
1398 Instead of the version number, you can also specify the name of a |
|
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
1399 version control system. This is useful when one file is being managed |
| 38739 | 1400 with two version control systems at the same time (@pxref{Local |
|
36385
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
1401 Version Control}). |
|
36355
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
Andr? Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
1402 @end itemize |
|
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
Andr? Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
1403 |
| 25829 | 1404 @node Log Buffer |
| 1405 @subsubsection Features of the Log Entry Buffer | |
| 1406 | |
| 1407 When you check in changes, @kbd{C-x C-q} first reads a log entry. It | |
| 1408 pops up a buffer called @samp{*VC-Log*} for you to enter the log entry. | |
| 1409 When you are finished, type @kbd{C-c C-c} in the @samp{*VC-Log*} buffer. | |
| 1410 That is when check-in really happens. | |
| 1411 | |
| 1412 To abort check-in, just @strong{don't} type @kbd{C-c C-c} in that | |
| 1413 buffer. You can switch buffers and do other editing. As long as you | |
| 1414 don't try to check in another file, the entry you were editing remains | |
| 1415 in the @samp{*VC-Log*} buffer, and you can go back to that buffer at any | |
| 1416 time to complete the check-in. | |
| 1417 | |
| 1418 If you change several source files for the same reason, it is often | |
| 1419 convenient to specify the same log entry for many of the files. To do | |
| 1420 this, use the history of previous log entries. The commands @kbd{M-n}, | |
| 1421 @kbd{M-p}, @kbd{M-s} and @kbd{M-r} for doing this work just like the | |
| 1422 minibuffer history commands (except that these versions are used outside | |
| 1423 the minibuffer). | |
| 1424 | |
| 1425 @vindex vc-log-mode-hook | |
| 1426 Each time you check in a file, the log entry buffer is put into VC Log | |
| 1427 mode, which involves running two hooks: @code{text-mode-hook} and | |
| 1428 @code{vc-log-mode-hook}. @xref{Hooks}. | |
| 1429 | |
| 1430 @node Old Versions | |
| 1431 @subsection Examining And Comparing Old Versions | |
| 1432 | |
| 1433 One of the convenient features of version control is the ability | |
| 1434 to examine any version of a file, or compare two versions. | |
| 1435 | |
| 1436 @table @kbd | |
| 1437 @item C-x v ~ @var{version} @key{RET} | |
| 1438 Examine version @var{version} of the visited file, in a buffer of its | |
| 1439 own. | |
| 1440 | |
| 1441 @item C-x v = | |
| 1442 Compare the current buffer contents with the latest checked-in version | |
| 1443 of the file. | |
| 1444 | |
| 1445 @item C-u C-x v = @var{file} @key{RET} @var{oldvers} @key{RET} @var{newvers} @key{RET} | |
| 1446 Compare the specified two versions of @var{file}. | |
| 1447 | |
| 1448 @item C-x v g | |
| 1449 Display the result of the CVS annotate command using colors. | |
| 1450 @end table | |
| 1451 | |
| 1452 @findex vc-version-other-window | |
| 1453 @kindex C-x v ~ | |
| 38739 | 1454 To examine an old version in its entirety, visit the file and then type |
| 25829 | 1455 @kbd{C-x v ~ @var{version} @key{RET}} (@code{vc-version-other-window}). |
| 1456 This puts the text of version @var{version} in a file named | |
| 1457 @file{@var{filename}.~@var{version}~}, and visits it in its own buffer | |
| 1458 in a separate window. (In RCS, you can also select an old version | |
| 1459 and create a branch from it. @xref{Branches}.) | |
| 1460 | |
| 1461 @findex vc-diff | |
| 1462 @kindex C-x v = | |
|
36323
7ecef0fc04b0
(Old versions): Fix "But usually is". From Nelson H. F. Beebe
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
36322
diff
changeset
|
1463 It is usually more convenient to compare two versions of the file, |
| 25829 | 1464 with the command @kbd{C-x v =} (@code{vc-diff}). Plain @kbd{C-x v =} |
| 1465 compares the current buffer contents (saving them in the file if | |
|
36385
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
1466 necessary) with the last checked-in version of the file. @kbd{C-u C-x |
|
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
1467 v =}, with a numeric argument, reads a file name and two version |
|
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
1468 numbers, then compares those versions of the specified file. Both |
|
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
1469 forms display the output in a special buffer in another window. |
| 25829 | 1470 |
| 1471 You can specify a checked-in version by its number; an empty input | |
| 1472 specifies the current contents of the work file (which may be different | |
| 1473 from all the checked-in versions). You can also specify a snapshot name | |
| 1474 (@pxref{Snapshots}) instead of one or both version numbers. | |
| 1475 | |
|
36385
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
1476 If you supply a directory name instead of the name of a registered |
|
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
1477 file, this command compares the two specified versions of all registered |
|
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
1478 files in that directory and its subdirectories. |
|
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
1479 |
|
36355
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
Andr? Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
1480 @vindex vc-diff-switches |
| 38739 | 1481 @vindex vc-rcs-diff-switches |
|
36385
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
1482 @kbd{C-x v =} works by running a variant of the @code{diff} utility |
| 38739 | 1483 designed to work with the version control system in use. When you |
| 1484 invoke @code{diff} this way, in addition to the options specified by | |
|
38768
b08b8519c0ab
Fix a stale reference to "Comparing Files".
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
38739
diff
changeset
|
1485 @code{diff-switches} (@pxref{Comparing Files}), it receives those |
| 38739 | 1486 specified by @code{vc-diff-switches}, plus those specified for the |
| 1487 specific back end by @code{vc-@var{backend}-diff-switches}. For | |
| 1488 instance, when the version control back end is RCS, @code{diff} uses | |
| 1489 the options in @code{vc-rcs-diff-switches}. The | |
| 1490 @samp{vc@dots{}diff-switches} variables are @code{nil} by default. | |
|
36385
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
1491 |
|
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
1492 Unlike the @kbd{M-x diff} command, @kbd{C-x v =} does not try to |
|
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
1493 locate the changes in the old and new versions. This is because |
|
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
1494 normally one or both versions do not exist as files when you compare |
|
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
1495 them; they exist only in the records of the master file. |
|
36355
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
Andr? Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
1496 @xref{Comparing Files}, for more information about @kbd{M-x diff}. |
| 25829 | 1497 |
| 1498 @findex vc-annotate | |
| 1499 @kindex C-x v g | |
| 1500 For CVS-controlled files, you can display the result of the CVS | |
| 1501 annotate command, using colors to enhance the visual appearance. Use | |
|
39163
8c66ad9acae0
Clarify description of vc-annotate.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
38922
diff
changeset
|
1502 the command @kbd{M-x vc-annotate} to do this. It creates a new buffer |
|
8c66ad9acae0
Clarify description of vc-annotate.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
38922
diff
changeset
|
1503 to display file's text, colored to show how old each part is. Text |
|
8c66ad9acae0
Clarify description of vc-annotate.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
38922
diff
changeset
|
1504 colored red is new, blue means old, and intermediate colors indicate |
|
8c66ad9acae0
Clarify description of vc-annotate.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
38922
diff
changeset
|
1505 intermediate ages. By default, the time scale is 360 days, so that |
|
8c66ad9acae0
Clarify description of vc-annotate.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
38922
diff
changeset
|
1506 everything more than one year old is shown in blue. |
|
8c66ad9acae0
Clarify description of vc-annotate.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
38922
diff
changeset
|
1507 |
|
8c66ad9acae0
Clarify description of vc-annotate.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
38922
diff
changeset
|
1508 When you give a prefix argument to this command, it uses the |
|
8c66ad9acae0
Clarify description of vc-annotate.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
38922
diff
changeset
|
1509 minibuffer to read two arguments: which version number to display and |
|
8c66ad9acae0
Clarify description of vc-annotate.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
38922
diff
changeset
|
1510 annotate (instead of the current file contents), and a stretch factor |
|
8c66ad9acae0
Clarify description of vc-annotate.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
38922
diff
changeset
|
1511 for the time scale. A stretch factor of 0.1 means that the color |
|
8c66ad9acae0
Clarify description of vc-annotate.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
38922
diff
changeset
|
1512 range from red to blue spans the past 36 days instead of 360 days. A |
|
8c66ad9acae0
Clarify description of vc-annotate.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
38922
diff
changeset
|
1513 stretch factor greater than 1 means the color range spans more than a |
|
8c66ad9acae0
Clarify description of vc-annotate.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
38922
diff
changeset
|
1514 year. |
| 25829 | 1515 |
| 1516 @node Secondary VC Commands | |
| 1517 @subsection The Secondary Commands of VC | |
| 1518 | |
| 1519 This section explains the secondary commands of VC; those that you might | |
| 1520 use once a day. | |
| 1521 | |
| 1522 @menu | |
| 1523 * Registering:: Putting a file under version control. | |
| 1524 * VC Status:: Viewing the VC status of files. | |
| 1525 * VC Undo:: Cancelling changes before or after check-in. | |
| 1526 * VC Dired Mode:: Listing files managed by version control. | |
| 1527 * VC Dired Commands:: Commands to use in a VC Dired buffer. | |
| 1528 @end menu | |
| 1529 | |
| 1530 @node Registering | |
| 1531 @subsubsection Registering a File for Version Control | |
| 1532 | |
| 1533 @kindex C-x v i | |
| 1534 @findex vc-register | |
| 1535 You can put any file under version control by simply visiting it, and | |
| 1536 then typing @w{@kbd{C-x v i}} (@code{vc-register}). | |
| 1537 | |
| 1538 @table @kbd | |
| 1539 @item C-x v i | |
| 1540 Register the visited file for version control. | |
| 1541 @end table | |
| 1542 | |
| 1543 To register the file, Emacs must choose which version control system | |
|
36355
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
Andr? Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
1544 to use for it. If the file's directory already contains files |
|
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
Andr? Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
1545 registered in a version control system, Emacs uses that system. If |
|
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
Andr? Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
1546 there is more than one system in use for a directory, Emacs uses the one |
|
37315
702729e72132
Change @var to @code in many places.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
37090
diff
changeset
|
1547 that appears first in @code{vc-handled-backends} (@pxref{Customizing VC}). |
|
36355
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
Andr? Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
1548 On the other hand, if there are no files already registered, |
|
37315
702729e72132
Change @var to @code in many places.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
37090
diff
changeset
|
1549 Emacs uses the first system from @code{vc-handled-backends} that could |
|
36355
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
Andr? Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
1550 register the file---for example, you cannot register a file under CVS if |
|
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
Andr? Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
1551 its directory is not already part of a CVS tree. |
|
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
Andr? Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
1552 |
|
37315
702729e72132
Change @var to @code in many places.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
37090
diff
changeset
|
1553 With the default value of @code{vc-handled-backends}, this means |
|
702729e72132
Change @var to @code in many places.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
37090
diff
changeset
|
1554 that Emacs uses RCS if there are any files under RCS control, CVS if |
|
702729e72132
Change @var to @code in many places.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
37090
diff
changeset
|
1555 there are any files under CVS, SCCS if any files are under SCCS, or |
|
702729e72132
Change @var to @code in many places.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
37090
diff
changeset
|
1556 RCS as the ultimate default. |
| 25829 | 1557 |
| 1558 If locking is in use, @kbd{C-x v i} leaves the file unlocked and | |
| 1559 read-only. Type @kbd{C-x C-q} if you wish to start editing it. After | |
| 1560 registering a file with CVS, you must subsequently commit the initial | |
| 1561 version by typing @kbd{C-x C-q}. | |
| 1562 | |
| 1563 @vindex vc-default-init-version | |
| 1564 The initial version number for a newly registered file is 1.1, by | |
| 1565 default. You can specify a different default by setting the variable | |
| 1566 @code{vc-default-init-version}, or you can give @kbd{C-x v i} a numeric | |
| 1567 argument; then it reads the initial version number for this particular | |
| 1568 file using the minibuffer. | |
| 1569 | |
| 1570 @vindex vc-initial-comment | |
| 1571 If @code{vc-initial-comment} is non-@code{nil}, @kbd{C-x v i} reads an | |
| 1572 initial comment to describe the purpose of this source file. Reading | |
| 1573 the initial comment works like reading a log entry (@pxref{Log Buffer}). | |
| 1574 | |
| 1575 @node VC Status | |
| 1576 @subsubsection VC Status Commands | |
| 1577 | |
| 1578 @table @kbd | |
| 1579 @item C-x v l | |
| 1580 Display version control state and change history. | |
| 1581 @end table | |
| 1582 | |
| 1583 @kindex C-x v l | |
| 1584 @findex vc-print-log | |
| 1585 To view the detailed version control status and history of a file, | |
| 1586 type @kbd{C-x v l} (@code{vc-print-log}). It displays the history of | |
| 1587 changes to the current file, including the text of the log entries. The | |
| 1588 output appears in a separate window. | |
| 1589 | |
| 1590 @node VC Undo | |
| 1591 @subsubsection Undoing Version Control Actions | |
| 1592 | |
| 1593 @table @kbd | |
| 1594 @item C-x v u | |
| 1595 Revert the buffer and the file to the last checked-in version. | |
| 1596 | |
| 1597 @item C-x v c | |
| 1598 Remove the last-entered change from the master for the visited file. | |
| 1599 This undoes your last check-in. | |
| 1600 @end table | |
| 1601 | |
| 1602 @kindex C-x v u | |
| 1603 @findex vc-revert-buffer | |
| 1604 If you want to discard your current set of changes and revert to the | |
| 1605 last version checked in, use @kbd{C-x v u} (@code{vc-revert-buffer}). | |
| 1606 This leaves the file unlocked; if locking is in use, you must first lock | |
| 1607 the file again before you change it again. @kbd{C-x v u} requires | |
| 1608 confirmation, unless it sees that you haven't made any changes since the | |
| 1609 last checked-in version. | |
| 1610 | |
| 1611 @kbd{C-x v u} is also the command to unlock a file if you lock it and | |
| 1612 then decide not to change it. | |
| 1613 | |
| 1614 @kindex C-x v c | |
| 1615 @findex vc-cancel-version | |
| 1616 To cancel a change that you already checked in, use @kbd{C-x v c} | |
| 1617 (@code{vc-cancel-version}). This command discards all record of the | |
| 1618 most recent checked-in version. @kbd{C-x v c} also offers to revert | |
| 1619 your work file and buffer to the previous version (the one that precedes | |
| 1620 the version that is deleted). | |
| 1621 | |
| 1622 If you answer @kbd{no}, VC keeps your changes in the buffer, and locks | |
| 1623 the file. The no-revert option is useful when you have checked in a | |
| 1624 change and then discover a trivial error in it; you can cancel the | |
| 1625 erroneous check-in, fix the error, and check the file in again. | |
| 1626 | |
| 1627 When @kbd{C-x v c} does not revert the buffer, it unexpands all | |
| 1628 version control headers in the buffer instead (@pxref{Version Headers}). | |
| 1629 This is because the buffer no longer corresponds to any existing | |
| 1630 version. If you check it in again, the check-in process will expand the | |
| 1631 headers properly for the new version number. | |
| 1632 | |
| 1633 However, it is impossible to unexpand the RCS @samp{@w{$}Log$} header | |
| 1634 automatically. If you use that header feature, you have to unexpand it | |
| 1635 by hand---by deleting the entry for the version that you just canceled. | |
| 1636 | |
| 1637 Be careful when invoking @kbd{C-x v c}, as it is easy to lose a lot of | |
| 1638 work with it. To help you be careful, this command always requires | |
| 1639 confirmation with @kbd{yes}. Note also that this command is disabled | |
| 1640 under CVS, because canceling versions is very dangerous and discouraged | |
| 1641 with CVS. | |
| 1642 | |
| 1643 @node VC Dired Mode | |
| 1644 @subsubsection Dired under VC | |
| 1645 | |
| 31076 | 1646 @cindex PCL-CVS |
| 1647 @pindex cvs | |
| 1648 @cindex CVS Dired Mode | |
|
36136
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
1649 The VC Dired Mode described here works with all the version control |
|
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
1650 systems that VC supports. Another more powerful facility, designed |
|
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
1651 specifically for CVS, is called PCL-CVS. @xref{Top, , About PCL-CVS, |
|
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
1652 pcl-cvs, PCL-CVS --- The Emacs Front-End to CVS}. |
| 31076 | 1653 |
| 25829 | 1654 @kindex C-x v d |
| 1655 @findex vc-directory | |
| 1656 When you are working on a large program, it is often useful to find | |
| 1657 out which files have changed within an entire directory tree, or to view | |
| 1658 the status of all files under version control at once, and to perform | |
| 1659 version control operations on collections of files. You can use the | |
| 1660 command @kbd{C-x v d} (@code{vc-directory}) to make a directory listing | |
| 1661 that includes only files relevant for version control. | |
| 1662 | |
| 1663 @vindex vc-dired-terse-display | |
| 1664 @kbd{C-x v d} creates a buffer which uses VC Dired Mode. This looks | |
| 1665 much like an ordinary Dired buffer (@pxref{Dired}); however, normally it | |
| 1666 shows only the noteworthy files (those locked or not up-to-date). This | |
| 1667 is called @dfn{terse display}. If you set the variable | |
| 1668 @code{vc-dired-terse-display} to @code{nil}, then VC Dired shows all | |
| 1669 relevant files---those managed under version control, plus all | |
| 1670 subdirectories (@dfn{full display}). The command @kbd{v t} in a VC | |
| 1671 Dired buffer toggles between terse display and full display (@pxref{VC | |
| 1672 Dired Commands}). | |
| 1673 | |
| 1674 @vindex vc-dired-recurse | |
| 1675 By default, VC Dired produces a recursive listing of noteworthy or | |
| 1676 relevant files at or below the given directory. You can change this by | |
| 1677 setting the variable @code{vc-dired-recurse} to @code{nil}; then VC | |
| 1678 Dired shows only the files in the given directory. | |
| 1679 | |
| 1680 The line for an individual file shows the version control state in the | |
| 1681 place of the hard link count, owner, group, and size of the file. If | |
| 1682 the file is unmodified, in sync with the master file, the version | |
| 1683 control state shown is blank. Otherwise it consists of text in | |
| 1684 parentheses. Under RCS and SCCS, the name of the user locking the file | |
| 1685 is shown; under CVS, an abbreviated version of the @samp{cvs status} | |
| 1686 output is used. Here is an example using RCS: | |
| 1687 | |
| 1688 @smallexample | |
| 1689 @group | |
| 1690 /home/jim/project: | |
| 1691 | |
| 1692 -rw-r--r-- (jim) Apr 2 23:39 file1 | |
| 1693 -r--r--r-- Apr 5 20:21 file2 | |
| 1694 @end group | |
| 1695 @end smallexample | |
| 1696 | |
| 1697 @noindent | |
| 1698 The files @samp{file1} and @samp{file2} are under version control, | |
| 1699 @samp{file1} is locked by user jim, and @samp{file2} is unlocked. | |
| 1700 | |
| 1701 Here is an example using CVS: | |
| 1702 | |
| 1703 @smallexample | |
| 1704 @group | |
| 1705 /home/joe/develop: | |
| 1706 | |
| 1707 -rw-r--r-- (modified) Aug 2 1997 file1.c | |
| 1708 -rw-r--r-- Apr 4 20:09 file2.c | |
| 1709 -rw-r--r-- (merge) Sep 13 1996 file3.c | |
| 1710 @end group | |
| 1711 @end smallexample | |
| 1712 | |
| 1713 Here @samp{file1.c} is modified with respect to the repository, and | |
| 1714 @samp{file2.c} is not. @samp{file3.c} is modified, but other changes | |
| 1715 have also been checked in to the repository---you need to merge them | |
| 1716 with the work file before you can check it in. | |
| 1717 | |
| 1718 @vindex vc-directory-exclusion-list | |
| 1719 When VC Dired displays subdirectories (in the ``full'' display mode), | |
| 1720 it omits some that should never contain any files under version control. | |
| 1721 By default, this includes Version Control subdirectories such as | |
| 1722 @samp{RCS} and @samp{CVS}; you can customize this by setting the | |
| 1723 variable @code{vc-directory-exclusion-list}. | |
| 1724 | |
| 1725 You can fine-tune VC Dired's format by typing @kbd{C-u C-x v d}---as in | |
| 1726 ordinary Dired, that allows you to specify additional switches for the | |
| 1727 @samp{ls} command. | |
| 1728 | |
| 1729 @node VC Dired Commands | |
| 1730 @subsubsection VC Dired Commands | |
| 1731 | |
| 1732 All the usual Dired commands work normally in VC Dired mode, except | |
| 1733 for @kbd{v}, which is redefined as the version control prefix. You can | |
| 1734 invoke VC commands such as @code{vc-diff} and @code{vc-print-log} by | |
| 1735 typing @kbd{v =}, or @kbd{v l}, and so on. Most of these commands apply | |
| 1736 to the file name on the current line. | |
| 1737 | |
| 1738 The command @kbd{v v} (@code{vc-next-action}) operates on all the | |
| 1739 marked files, so that you can lock or check in several files at once. | |
| 1740 If it operates on more than one file, it handles each file according to | |
| 1741 its current state; thus, it might lock one file, but check in another | |
| 1742 file. This could be confusing; it is up to you to avoid confusing | |
| 1743 behavior by marking a set of files that are in a similar state. | |
| 1744 | |
| 1745 If any files call for check-in, @kbd{v v} reads a single log entry, | |
| 1746 then uses it for all the files being checked in. This is convenient for | |
| 1747 registering or checking in several files at once, as part of the same | |
| 1748 change. | |
| 1749 | |
| 1750 @findex vc-dired-toggle-terse-mode | |
| 1751 @findex vc-dired-mark-locked | |
| 1752 You can toggle between terse display (only locked files, or files not | |
| 1753 up-to-date) and full display at any time by typing @kbd{v t} | |
|
37315
702729e72132
Change @var to @code in many places.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
37090
diff
changeset
|
1754 (@code{vc-dired-toggle-terse-mode}). There is also a special command |
| 25829 | 1755 @kbd{* l} (@code{vc-dired-mark-locked}), which marks all files currently |
| 1756 locked (or, with CVS, all files not up-to-date). Thus, typing @kbd{* l | |
| 1757 t k} is another way to delete from the buffer all files except those | |
| 1758 currently locked. | |
| 1759 | |
| 1760 @node Branches | |
| 1761 @subsection Multiple Branches of a File | |
| 1762 @cindex branch (version control) | |
| 1763 @cindex trunk (version control) | |
| 1764 | |
| 1765 One use of version control is to maintain multiple ``current'' | |
| 1766 versions of a file. For example, you might have different versions of a | |
| 1767 program in which you are gradually adding various unfinished new | |
| 1768 features. Each such independent line of development is called a | |
| 1769 @dfn{branch}. VC allows you to create branches, switch between | |
| 1770 different branches, and merge changes from one branch to another. | |
| 1771 Please note, however, that branches are only supported for RCS at the | |
| 1772 moment. | |
| 1773 | |
| 1774 A file's main line of development is usually called the @dfn{trunk}. | |
| 1775 The versions on the trunk are normally numbered 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, etc. At | |
| 1776 any such version, you can start an independent branch. A branch | |
| 1777 starting at version 1.2 would have version number 1.2.1.1, and consecutive | |
| 1778 versions on this branch would have numbers 1.2.1.2, 1.2.1.3, 1.2.1.4, | |
| 1779 and so on. If there is a second branch also starting at version 1.2, it | |
| 1780 would consist of versions 1.2.2.1, 1.2.2.2, 1.2.2.3, etc. | |
| 1781 | |
| 1782 @cindex head version | |
| 1783 If you omit the final component of a version number, that is called a | |
| 1784 @dfn{branch number}. It refers to the highest existing version on that | |
| 1785 branch---the @dfn{head version} of that branch. The branches in the | |
| 1786 example above have branch numbers 1.2.1 and 1.2.2. | |
| 1787 | |
| 1788 @menu | |
| 1789 * Switching Branches:: How to get to another existing branch. | |
| 1790 * Creating Branches:: How to start a new branch. | |
| 1791 * Merging:: Transferring changes between branches. | |
| 1792 * Multi-User Branching:: Multiple users working at multiple branches | |
| 1793 in parallel. | |
| 1794 @end menu | |
| 1795 | |
| 1796 @node Switching Branches | |
| 1797 @subsubsection Switching between Branches | |
| 1798 | |
| 1799 To switch between branches, type @kbd{C-u C-x C-q} and specify the | |
| 1800 version number you want to select. This version is then visited | |
| 1801 @emph{unlocked} (write-protected), so you can examine it before locking | |
| 1802 it. Switching branches in this way is allowed only when the file is not | |
| 1803 locked. | |
| 1804 | |
| 1805 You can omit the minor version number, thus giving only the branch | |
| 1806 number; this takes you to the head version on the chosen branch. If you | |
|
36385
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
1807 only type @key{RET}, Emacs goes to the highest version on the trunk. |
| 25829 | 1808 |
| 1809 After you have switched to any branch (including the main branch), you | |
| 1810 stay on it for subsequent VC commands, until you explicitly select some | |
| 1811 other branch. | |
| 1812 | |
| 1813 @node Creating Branches | |
| 1814 @subsubsection Creating New Branches | |
| 1815 | |
| 1816 To create a new branch from a head version (one that is the latest in | |
| 1817 the branch that contains it), first select that version if necessary, | |
| 1818 lock it with @kbd{C-x C-q}, and make whatever changes you want. Then, | |
| 1819 when you check in the changes, use @kbd{C-u C-x C-q}. This lets you | |
| 1820 specify the version number for the new version. You should specify a | |
| 1821 suitable branch number for a branch starting at the current version. | |
| 1822 For example, if the current version is 2.5, the branch number should be | |
| 1823 2.5.1, 2.5.2, and so on, depending on the number of existing branches at | |
| 1824 that point. | |
| 1825 | |
| 1826 To create a new branch at an older version (one that is no longer the | |
| 1827 head of a branch), first select that version (@pxref{Switching | |
| 1828 Branches}), then lock it with @kbd{C-x C-q}. You'll be asked to | |
| 1829 confirm, when you lock the old version, that you really mean to create a | |
| 1830 new branch---if you say no, you'll be offered a chance to lock the | |
| 1831 latest version instead. | |
| 1832 | |
| 1833 Then make your changes and type @kbd{C-x C-q} again to check in a new | |
| 1834 version. This automatically creates a new branch starting from the | |
| 1835 selected version. You need not specially request a new branch, because | |
| 1836 that's the only way to add a new version at a point that is not the head | |
| 1837 of a branch. | |
| 1838 | |
| 1839 After the branch is created, you ``stay'' on it. That means that | |
| 1840 subsequent check-ins create new versions on that branch. To leave the | |
| 1841 branch, you must explicitly select a different version with @kbd{C-u C-x | |
| 1842 C-q}. To transfer changes from one branch to another, use the merge | |
| 1843 command, described in the next section. | |
| 1844 | |
| 1845 @node Merging | |
| 1846 @subsubsection Merging Branches | |
| 1847 | |
| 1848 @cindex merging changes | |
| 1849 When you have finished the changes on a certain branch, you will | |
| 1850 often want to incorporate them into the file's main line of development | |
| 1851 (the trunk). This is not a trivial operation, because development might | |
| 1852 also have proceeded on the trunk, so that you must @dfn{merge} the | |
| 1853 changes into a file that has already been changed otherwise. VC allows | |
| 1854 you to do this (and other things) with the @code{vc-merge} command. | |
| 1855 | |
| 1856 @table @kbd | |
| 1857 @item C-x v m (vc-merge) | |
| 1858 Merge changes into the work file. | |
| 1859 @end table | |
| 1860 | |
| 1861 @kindex C-x v m | |
| 1862 @findex vc-merge | |
| 1863 @kbd{C-x v m} (@code{vc-merge}) takes a set of changes and merges it | |
|
36355
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
Andr? Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
1864 into the current version of the work file. It firsts asks you in the |
|
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
Andr? Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
1865 minibuffer where the changes should come from. If you just type |
|
36385
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
1866 @key{RET}, Emacs merges any changes that were made on the same branch |
|
36355
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
Andr? Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
1867 since you checked the file out (we call this @dfn{merging the news}). |
|
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
Andr? Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
1868 This is the common way to pick up recent changes from the repository, |
|
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
Andr? Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
1869 regardless of whether you have already changed the file yourself. |
|
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
Andr? Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
1870 |
|
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
Andr? Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
1871 You can also enter a branch number or a pair of version numbers in |
| 38739 | 1872 the minibuffer. Then @kbd{C-x v m} finds the changes from that |
| 1873 branch, or the differences between the two versions you specified, and | |
| 1874 merges them into the current version of the current file. | |
| 25829 | 1875 |
| 1876 As an example, suppose that you have finished a certain feature on | |
| 1877 branch 1.3.1. In the meantime, development on the trunk has proceeded | |
| 1878 to version 1.5. To merge the changes from the branch to the trunk, | |
| 1879 first go to the head version of the trunk, by typing @kbd{C-u C-x C-q | |
|
36385
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
1880 @key{RET}}. Version 1.5 is now current. If locking is used for the file, |
| 25829 | 1881 type @kbd{C-x C-q} to lock version 1.5 so that you can change it. Next, |
|
36385
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
1882 type @kbd{C-x v m 1.3.1 @key{RET}}. This takes the entire set of changes on |
| 25829 | 1883 branch 1.3.1 (relative to version 1.3, where the branch started, up to |
| 1884 the last version on the branch) and merges it into the current version | |
| 1885 of the work file. You can now check in the changed file, thus creating | |
| 1886 version 1.6 containing the changes from the branch. | |
| 1887 | |
| 1888 It is possible to do further editing after merging the branch, before | |
| 1889 the next check-in. But it is usually wiser to check in the merged | |
| 1890 version, then lock it and make the further changes. This will keep | |
| 1891 a better record of the history of changes. | |
| 1892 | |
| 1893 @cindex conflicts | |
| 1894 @cindex resolving conflicts | |
| 1895 When you merge changes into a file that has itself been modified, the | |
| 1896 changes might overlap. We call this situation a @dfn{conflict}, and | |
| 1897 reconciling the conflicting changes is called @dfn{resolving a | |
| 1898 conflict}. | |
| 1899 | |
| 1900 Whenever conflicts occur during merging, VC detects them, tells you | |
| 1901 about them in the echo area, and asks whether you want help in merging. | |
| 1902 If you say yes, it starts an Ediff session (@pxref{Top, | |
| 1903 Ediff, Ediff, ediff, The Ediff Manual}). | |
| 1904 | |
| 1905 If you say no, the conflicting changes are both inserted into the | |
| 1906 file, surrounded by @dfn{conflict markers}. The example below shows how | |
| 1907 a conflict region looks; the file is called @samp{name} and the current | |
| 1908 master file version with user B's changes in it is 1.11. | |
| 1909 | |
| 1910 @c @w here is so CVS won't think this is a conflict. | |
| 1911 @smallexample | |
| 1912 @group | |
| 1913 @w{<}<<<<<< name | |
| 1914 @var{User A's version} | |
| 1915 ======= | |
| 1916 @var{User B's version} | |
| 1917 @w{>}>>>>>> 1.11 | |
| 1918 @end group | |
| 1919 @end smallexample | |
| 1920 | |
| 1921 @cindex vc-resolve-conflicts | |
| 1922 Then you can resolve the conflicts by editing the file manually. Or | |
| 1923 you can type @code{M-x vc-resolve-conflicts} after visiting the file. | |
| 38739 | 1924 This starts an Ediff session, as described above. Don't forget to |
| 1925 check in the merged version afterwards. | |
| 25829 | 1926 |
| 1927 @node Multi-User Branching | |
| 1928 @subsubsection Multi-User Branching | |
| 1929 | |
| 1930 It is often useful for multiple developers to work simultaneously on | |
| 1931 different branches of a file. CVS allows this by default; for RCS, it | |
| 1932 is possible if you create multiple source directories. Each source | |
| 1933 directory should have a link named @file{RCS} which points to a common | |
| 1934 directory of RCS master files. Then each source directory can have its | |
| 1935 own choice of selected versions, but all share the same common RCS | |
| 1936 records. | |
| 1937 | |
| 1938 This technique works reliably and automatically, provided that the | |
| 1939 source files contain RCS version headers (@pxref{Version Headers}). The | |
| 1940 headers enable Emacs to be sure, at all times, which version number is | |
| 1941 present in the work file. | |
| 1942 | |
| 1943 If the files do not have version headers, you must instead tell Emacs | |
| 1944 explicitly in each session which branch you are working on. To do this, | |
| 1945 first find the file, then type @kbd{C-u C-x C-q} and specify the correct | |
| 1946 branch number. This ensures that Emacs knows which branch it is using | |
| 1947 during this particular editing session. | |
| 1948 | |
|
36355
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
Andr? Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
1949 @node Remote Repositories |
|
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
Andr? Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
1950 @subsection Remote Repositories |
|
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
Andr? Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
1951 @cindex remote repositories (CVS) |
|
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
Andr? Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
1952 |
|
36385
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
1953 A common way of using CVS is to set up a central CVS repository on |
|
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
1954 some Internet host, then have each developer check out a personal |
|
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
1955 working copy of the files on his local machine. Committing changes to |
|
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
1956 the repository, and picking up changes from other users into one's own |
|
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
1957 working area, then works by direct interactions with the CVS server. |
|
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
1958 |
|
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
1959 One difficulty is that access to the CVS server is often slow, and |
| 39263 | 1960 that developers might need to work off-line as well. VC is designed |
|
36385
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
1961 to reduce the amount of network interaction necessary. |
|
36355
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
Andr? Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
1962 |
|
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
Andr? Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
1963 @menu |
|
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
Andr? Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
1964 * Version Backups:: Keeping local copies of repository versions. |
|
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
Andr? Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
1965 * Local Version Control:: Using another version system for local editing. |
|
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
Andr? Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
1966 @end menu |
|
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
Andr? Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
1967 |
|
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
Andr? Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
1968 @node Version Backups |
|
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
Andr? Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
1969 @subsubsection Version Backups |
|
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
Andr? Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
1970 @cindex version backups |
|
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
Andr? Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
1971 |
|
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
Andr? Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
1972 @cindex automatic version backups |
|
36385
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
1973 When VC sees that the CVS repository for a file is on a remote |
|
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
1974 machine, it automatically makes local backups of unmodified versions |
|
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
1975 of the file---@dfn{automatic version backups}. This means that you |
|
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
1976 can compare the file to the repository version (@kbd{C-x v =}), or |
|
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
1977 revert to that version (@kbd{C-x v u}), without any network |
|
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
1978 interactions. |
|
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
1979 |
|
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
1980 The local copy of the unmodified file is called a @dfn{version |
|
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
1981 backup} to indicate that it corresponds exactly to a version that is |
|
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
1982 stored in the repository. Note that version backups are not the same |
|
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
1983 as ordinary Emacs backup files (@pxref{Backup}). But they follow a |
|
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
1984 similar naming convention. |
|
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
1985 |
|
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
1986 For a file that comes from a remote CVS repository, VC makes a |
|
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
1987 version backup whenever you save the first changes to the file, and |
|
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
1988 removes it after you have committed your modified version to the |
|
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
1989 repository. You can disable the making of automatic version backups by |
|
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
1990 setting @code{vc-cvs-stay-local} to @code{nil} (@pxref{CVS Options}). |
|
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
1991 |
|
36355
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
Andr? Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
1992 @cindex manual version backups |
|
36385
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
1993 The name of the automatic version backup for version @var{version} |
|
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
1994 of file @var{file} is @code{@var{file}.~@var{version}.~}. This is |
|
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
1995 almost the same as the name used by @kbd{C-x v ~} (@pxref{Old |
|
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
1996 Versions}), the only difference being the additional dot (@samp{.}) |
|
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
1997 after the version number. This similarity is intentional, because |
|
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
1998 both kinds of files store the same kind of information. The file made |
|
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
1999 by @kbd{C-x v ~} acts as a @dfn{manual version backup}. |
|
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2000 |
|
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2001 All the VC commands that operate on old versions of a file can use |
|
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2002 both kinds of version backups. For instance, @kbd{C-x v ~} uses |
|
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2003 either an automatic or a manual version backup, if possible, to get |
|
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2004 the contents of the version you request. Likewise, @kbd{C-x v =} and |
|
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2005 @kbd{C-x v u} use either an automatic or a manual version backup, if |
|
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2006 one of them exists, to get the contents of a version to compare or |
|
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2007 revert to. If you changed a file outside of Emacs, so that no |
|
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2008 automatic version backup was created for the previous text, you can |
|
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2009 create a manual backup of that version using @kbd{C-x v ~}, and thus |
|
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2010 obtain the benefit of the local copy for Emacs commands. |
|
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2011 |
|
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2012 The only difference in Emacs's handling of manual and automatic |
|
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2013 version backups, once they exist, is that Emacs deletes automatic |
|
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2014 version backups when you commit to the repository. By contrast, |
|
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2015 manual version backups remain until you delete them. |
|
36355
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
Andr? Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2016 |
|
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
Andr? Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2017 @node Local Version Control |
|
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
Andr? Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2018 @subsubsection Local Version Control |
|
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
Andr? Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2019 @cindex local version control |
|
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
Andr? Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2020 @cindex local back end (version control) |
|
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
Andr? Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2021 |
|
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
Andr? Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2022 When you make many changes to a file that comes from a remote |
|
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
Andr? Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2023 repository, it can be convenient to have version control on your local |
|
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
Andr? Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2024 machine as well. You can then record intermediate versions, revert to |
|
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
Andr? Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2025 a previous state, etc., before you actually commit your changes to the |
|
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
Andr? Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2026 remote server. |
|
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
Andr? Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2027 |
|
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
Andr? Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2028 VC lets you do this by putting a file under a second, local version |
|
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
Andr? Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2029 control system, so that the file is effectively registered in two |
|
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
Andr? Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2030 systems at the same time. For the description here, we will assume |
|
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
Andr? Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2031 that the remote system is CVS, and you use RCS locally, although the |
|
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
Andr? Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2032 mechanism works with any combination of version control systems |
|
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
Andr? Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2033 (@dfn{back ends}). |
|
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
Andr? Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2034 |
|
36385
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2035 To make it work with other back ends, you must make sure that the |
|
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2036 ``more local'' back end comes before the ``more remote'' back end in |
|
37315
702729e72132
Change @var to @code in many places.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
37090
diff
changeset
|
2037 the setting of @code{vc-handled-backends} (@pxref{Customizing VC}). By |
|
36385
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2038 default, this variable is set up so that you can use remote CVS and |
|
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2039 local RCS as described here. |
|
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2040 |
|
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2041 To start using local RCS for a file that comes from a remote CVS |
|
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2042 server, you must @emph{register the file in RCS}, by typing @kbd{C-u |
|
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2043 C-x v v rcs @key{RET}}. (In other words, use @code{vc-next-action} with a |
|
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2044 prefix argument, and specify RCS as the back end.) |
|
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2045 |
|
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2046 You can do this at any time; it does not matter whether you have |
|
36355
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
Andr? Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2047 already modified the file with respect to the version in the CVS |
|
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
Andr? Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2048 repository. If possible, VC tries to make the RCS master start with |
|
38064
b8ea59337400
Proofreading fixes from Art the Lemming <lemming@gimp.shacknet.nu>.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
38020
diff
changeset
|
2049 the unmodified repository version, then checks in any local changes |
|
36385
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2050 as a new version. This works if you have not made any changes yet, or |
|
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2051 if the unmodified repository version exists locally as a version |
|
36355
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
Andr? Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2052 backup (@pxref{Version Backups}). If the unmodified version is not |
|
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
Andr? Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2053 available locally, the RCS master starts with the modified version; |
|
38064
b8ea59337400
Proofreading fixes from Art the Lemming <lemming@gimp.shacknet.nu>.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
38020
diff
changeset
|
2054 the only drawback to this is that you cannot compare your changes |
|
36355
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
Andr? Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2055 locally to what is stored in the repository. |
|
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
Andr? Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2056 |
|
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
Andr? Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2057 The version number of the RCS master is derived from the current CVS |
|
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
Andr? Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2058 version, starting a branch from it. For example, if the current CVS |
|
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
Andr? Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2059 version is 1.23, the local RCS branch will be 1.23.1. Version 1.23 in |
|
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
Andr? Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2060 the RCS master will be identical to version 1.23 under CVS; your first |
|
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
Andr? Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2061 changes are checked in as 1.23.1.1. (If the unmodified file is not |
|
36385
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2062 available locally, VC will check in the modified file twice, both as |
|
36355
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
Andr? Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2063 1.23 and 1.23.1.1, to make the revision numbers consistent.) |
|
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
Andr? Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2064 |
|
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
Andr? Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2065 If you do not use locking under CVS (the default), locking is also |
|
36385
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2066 disabled for RCS, so that editing under RCS works exactly as under |
|
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2067 CVS. |
|
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2068 |
|
36728
4906c8088ad5
Clarify C-u C-x v v cvs RET. Clarify the purpose of C-x v b.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36547
diff
changeset
|
2069 When you are done with local editing, you can commit the final version |
|
4906c8088ad5
Clarify C-u C-x v v cvs RET. Clarify the purpose of C-x v b.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36547
diff
changeset
|
2070 back to the CVS repository by typing @kbd{C-u C-x v v cvs @key{RET}}. |
|
4906c8088ad5
Clarify C-u C-x v v cvs RET. Clarify the purpose of C-x v b.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36547
diff
changeset
|
2071 This initializes the log entry buffer (@pxref{Log Buffer}) to contain |
|
4906c8088ad5
Clarify C-u C-x v v cvs RET. Clarify the purpose of C-x v b.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36547
diff
changeset
|
2072 all the log entries you have recorded in the RCS master; you can edit |
|
4906c8088ad5
Clarify C-u C-x v v cvs RET. Clarify the purpose of C-x v b.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36547
diff
changeset
|
2073 them as you wish, and then commit in CVS by typing @kbd{C-c C-c}. If |
|
4906c8088ad5
Clarify C-u C-x v v cvs RET. Clarify the purpose of C-x v b.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36547
diff
changeset
|
2074 the commit is successful, VC removes the RCS master, so that the file |
|
4906c8088ad5
Clarify C-u C-x v v cvs RET. Clarify the purpose of C-x v b.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36547
diff
changeset
|
2075 is once again registered under CVS only. (The RCS master is not |
|
4906c8088ad5
Clarify C-u C-x v v cvs RET. Clarify the purpose of C-x v b.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36547
diff
changeset
|
2076 actually deleted, just renamed by appending @samp{~} to the name, so |
|
4906c8088ad5
Clarify C-u C-x v v cvs RET. Clarify the purpose of C-x v b.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36547
diff
changeset
|
2077 that you can refer to it later if you wish.) |
|
4906c8088ad5
Clarify C-u C-x v v cvs RET. Clarify the purpose of C-x v b.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36547
diff
changeset
|
2078 |
|
4906c8088ad5
Clarify C-u C-x v v cvs RET. Clarify the purpose of C-x v b.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36547
diff
changeset
|
2079 While using local RCS, you can pick up recent changes from the CVS |
|
4906c8088ad5
Clarify C-u C-x v v cvs RET. Clarify the purpose of C-x v b.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36547
diff
changeset
|
2080 repository into your local file, or commit some of your changes back |
|
4906c8088ad5
Clarify C-u C-x v v cvs RET. Clarify the purpose of C-x v b.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36547
diff
changeset
|
2081 to CVS, without terminating local RCS version control. To do this, |
| 39263 | 2082 switch to the CVS back end temporarily, with the @kbd{C-x v b} command: |
|
36355
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
Andr? Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2083 |
|
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
Andr? Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2084 @table @kbd |
|
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
Andr? Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2085 @item C-x v b |
|
36385
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2086 Switch to another back end that the current file is registered |
|
36355
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
Andr? Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2087 under (@code{vc-switch-backend}). |
|
36385
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2088 |
|
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2089 @item C-u C-x v b @var{backend} @key{RET} |
|
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2090 Switch to @var{backend} for the current file. |
|
36355
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
Andr? Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2091 @end table |
|
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
Andr? Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2092 |
|
36360
0774daebf700
(Local Version Control): Fix last change.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
36356
diff
changeset
|
2093 @kindex C-x v b |
|
36355
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
Andr? Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2094 @findex vc-switch-backend |
|
36385
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2095 @kbd{C-x v b} does not change the buffer contents, or any files; it |
|
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2096 only changes VC's perspective on how to handle the file. Any |
|
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2097 subsequent VC commands for that file will operate on the back end that |
|
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2098 is currently selected. |
|
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2099 |
|
36355
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
Andr? Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2100 If the current file is registered in more than one back end, typing |
|
36385
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2101 @kbd{C-x v b} ``cycles'' through all of these back ends. With a |
|
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2102 prefix argument, it asks for the back end to use in the minibuffer. |
|
36355
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
Andr? Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2103 |
|
36728
4906c8088ad5
Clarify C-u C-x v v cvs RET. Clarify the purpose of C-x v b.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36547
diff
changeset
|
2104 Thus, if you are using local RCS, and you want to pick up some recent |
|
4906c8088ad5
Clarify C-u C-x v v cvs RET. Clarify the purpose of C-x v b.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36547
diff
changeset
|
2105 changes in the file from remote CVS, first visit the file, then type |
|
4906c8088ad5
Clarify C-u C-x v v cvs RET. Clarify the purpose of C-x v b.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36547
diff
changeset
|
2106 @kbd{C-x v b} to switch to CVS, and finally use @kbd{C-x v m |
|
4906c8088ad5
Clarify C-u C-x v v cvs RET. Clarify the purpose of C-x v b.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36547
diff
changeset
|
2107 @key{RET}} to merge the news (@pxref{Merging}). You can then switch |
|
4906c8088ad5
Clarify C-u C-x v v cvs RET. Clarify the purpose of C-x v b.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36547
diff
changeset
|
2108 back to RCS by typing @kbd{C-x v b} again, and continue to edit |
|
4906c8088ad5
Clarify C-u C-x v v cvs RET. Clarify the purpose of C-x v b.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36547
diff
changeset
|
2109 locally. |
|
4906c8088ad5
Clarify C-u C-x v v cvs RET. Clarify the purpose of C-x v b.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36547
diff
changeset
|
2110 |
|
4906c8088ad5
Clarify C-u C-x v v cvs RET. Clarify the purpose of C-x v b.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36547
diff
changeset
|
2111 But if you do this, the revision numbers in the RCS master no longer |
|
4906c8088ad5
Clarify C-u C-x v v cvs RET. Clarify the purpose of C-x v b.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36547
diff
changeset
|
2112 correspond to those of CVS. Technically, this is not a problem, but |
|
4906c8088ad5
Clarify C-u C-x v v cvs RET. Clarify the purpose of C-x v b.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36547
diff
changeset
|
2113 it can become difficult to keep track of what is in the CVS repository |
|
4906c8088ad5
Clarify C-u C-x v v cvs RET. Clarify the purpose of C-x v b.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36547
diff
changeset
|
2114 and what is not. So we suggest that you return from time to time to |
|
4906c8088ad5
Clarify C-u C-x v v cvs RET. Clarify the purpose of C-x v b.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36547
diff
changeset
|
2115 CVS-only operation, using @kbd{C-u C-x v v cvs @key{RET}}. |
|
36355
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
Andr? Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2116 |
| 25829 | 2117 @node Snapshots |
| 2118 @subsection Snapshots | |
| 2119 @cindex snapshots and version control | |
| 2120 | |
| 2121 A @dfn{snapshot} is a named set of file versions (one for each | |
| 2122 registered file) that you can treat as a unit. One important kind of | |
| 2123 snapshot is a @dfn{release}, a (theoretically) stable version of the | |
| 2124 system that is ready for distribution to users. | |
| 2125 | |
| 2126 @menu | |
| 2127 * Making Snapshots:: The snapshot facilities. | |
| 2128 * Snapshot Caveats:: Things to be careful of when using snapshots. | |
| 2129 @end menu | |
| 2130 | |
| 2131 @node Making Snapshots | |
| 2132 @subsubsection Making and Using Snapshots | |
| 2133 | |
| 2134 There are two basic commands for snapshots; one makes a | |
| 2135 snapshot with a given name, the other retrieves a named snapshot. | |
| 2136 | |
| 2137 @table @code | |
| 2138 @kindex C-x v s | |
| 2139 @findex vc-create-snapshot | |
| 2140 @item C-x v s @var{name} @key{RET} | |
| 2141 Define the last saved versions of every registered file in or under the | |
| 2142 current directory as a snapshot named @var{name} | |
| 2143 (@code{vc-create-snapshot}). | |
| 2144 | |
| 2145 @kindex C-x v r | |
| 2146 @findex vc-retrieve-snapshot | |
| 2147 @item C-x v r @var{name} @key{RET} | |
| 2148 For all registered files at or below the current directory level, select | |
| 2149 whatever versions correspond to the snapshot @var{name} | |
| 2150 (@code{vc-retrieve-snapshot}). | |
| 2151 | |
| 2152 This command reports an error if any files are locked at or below the | |
| 2153 current directory, without changing anything; this is to avoid | |
| 2154 overwriting work in progress. | |
| 2155 @end table | |
| 2156 | |
| 2157 A snapshot uses a very small amount of resources---just enough to record | |
| 2158 the list of file names and which version belongs to the snapshot. Thus, | |
| 2159 you need not hesitate to create snapshots whenever they are useful. | |
| 2160 | |
| 2161 You can give a snapshot name as an argument to @kbd{C-x v =} or | |
| 2162 @kbd{C-x v ~} (@pxref{Old Versions}). Thus, you can use it to compare a | |
| 2163 snapshot against the current files, or two snapshots against each other, | |
| 2164 or a snapshot against a named version. | |
| 2165 | |
| 2166 @node Snapshot Caveats | |
| 2167 @subsubsection Snapshot Caveats | |
| 2168 | |
| 2169 @cindex named configurations (RCS) | |
| 2170 VC's snapshot facilities are modeled on RCS's named-configuration | |
| 2171 support. They use RCS's native facilities for this, so under VC | |
| 2172 snapshots made using RCS are visible even when you bypass VC. | |
| 2173 | |
| 2174 @c worded verbosely to avoid overfull hbox. | |
| 2175 For SCCS, VC implements snapshots itself. The files it uses contain | |
| 2176 name/file/version-number triples. These snapshots are visible only | |
| 2177 through VC. | |
| 2178 | |
| 2179 A snapshot is a set of checked-in versions. So make sure that all the | |
| 2180 files are checked in and not locked when you make a snapshot. | |
| 2181 | |
| 2182 File renaming and deletion can create some difficulties with snapshots. | |
| 2183 This is not a VC-specific problem, but a general design issue in version | |
| 2184 control systems that no one has solved very well yet. | |
| 2185 | |
| 2186 If you rename a registered file, you need to rename its master along | |
| 2187 with it (the command @code{vc-rename-file} does this automatically). If | |
| 2188 you are using SCCS, you must also update the records of the snapshot, to | |
| 2189 mention the file by its new name (@code{vc-rename-file} does this, | |
| 2190 too). An old snapshot that refers to a master file that no longer | |
| 2191 exists under the recorded name is invalid; VC can no longer retrieve | |
| 2192 it. It would be beyond the scope of this manual to explain enough about | |
| 2193 RCS and SCCS to explain how to update the snapshots by hand. | |
| 2194 | |
| 2195 Using @code{vc-rename-file} makes the snapshot remain valid for | |
| 2196 retrieval, but it does not solve all problems. For example, some of the | |
|
38064
b8ea59337400
Proofreading fixes from Art the Lemming <lemming@gimp.shacknet.nu>.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
38020
diff
changeset
|
2197 files in your program probably refer to others by name. At the very |
| 25829 | 2198 least, the makefile probably mentions the file that you renamed. If you |
| 2199 retrieve an old snapshot, the renamed file is retrieved under its new | |
| 2200 name, which is not the name that the makefile expects. So the program | |
| 2201 won't really work as retrieved. | |
| 2202 | |
| 2203 @node Miscellaneous VC | |
| 2204 @subsection Miscellaneous Commands and Features of VC | |
| 2205 | |
| 2206 This section explains the less-frequently-used features of VC. | |
| 2207 | |
| 2208 @menu | |
| 2209 * Change Logs and VC:: Generating a change log file from log entries. | |
| 2210 * Renaming and VC:: A command to rename both the source and master | |
| 2211 file correctly. | |
| 2212 * Version Headers:: Inserting version control headers into working files. | |
| 2213 @end menu | |
| 2214 | |
| 2215 @node Change Logs and VC | |
| 2216 @subsubsection Change Logs and VC | |
| 2217 | |
| 2218 If you use RCS or CVS for a program and also maintain a change log | |
| 2219 file for it (@pxref{Change Log}), you can generate change log entries | |
| 2220 automatically from the version control log entries: | |
| 2221 | |
| 2222 @table @kbd | |
| 2223 @item C-x v a | |
| 2224 @kindex C-x v a | |
| 2225 @findex vc-update-change-log | |
| 2226 Visit the current directory's change log file and, for registered files | |
| 2227 in that directory, create new entries for versions checked in since the | |
| 2228 most recent entry in the change log file. | |
| 2229 (@code{vc-update-change-log}). | |
| 2230 | |
| 2231 This command works with RCS or CVS only, not with SCCS. | |
| 2232 | |
| 2233 @item C-u C-x v a | |
| 2234 As above, but only find entries for the current buffer's file. | |
| 2235 | |
| 2236 @item M-1 C-x v a | |
| 2237 As above, but find entries for all the currently visited files that are | |
| 2238 maintained with version control. This works only with RCS, and it puts | |
| 2239 all entries in the log for the default directory, which may not be | |
| 2240 appropriate. | |
| 2241 @end table | |
| 2242 | |
| 2243 For example, suppose the first line of @file{ChangeLog} is dated | |
| 2244 1999-04-10, and that the only check-in since then was by Nathaniel | |
| 2245 Bowditch to @file{rcs2log} on 1999-05-22 with log text @samp{Ignore log | |
| 2246 messages that start with `#'.}. Then @kbd{C-x v a} visits | |
| 2247 @file{ChangeLog} and inserts text like this: | |
| 2248 | |
| 2249 @iftex | |
| 2250 @medbreak | |
| 2251 @end iftex | |
| 2252 @smallexample | |
| 2253 @group | |
| 2254 1999-05-22 Nathaniel Bowditch <nat@@apn.org> | |
| 2255 | |
| 2256 * rcs2log: Ignore log messages that start with `#'. | |
| 2257 @end group | |
| 2258 @end smallexample | |
| 2259 @iftex | |
| 2260 @medbreak | |
| 2261 @end iftex | |
| 2262 | |
| 2263 @noindent | |
| 2264 You can then edit the new change log entry further as you wish. | |
| 2265 | |
|
38064
b8ea59337400
Proofreading fixes from Art the Lemming <lemming@gimp.shacknet.nu>.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
38020
diff
changeset
|
2266 Some of the new change log entries may duplicate what's already in |
|
36385
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2267 ChangeLog. You will have to remove these duplicates by hand. |
| 25829 | 2268 |
| 2269 Normally, the log entry for file @file{foo} is displayed as @samp{* | |
| 2270 foo: @var{text of log entry}}. The @samp{:} after @file{foo} is omitted | |
| 2271 if the text of the log entry starts with @w{@samp{(@var{functionname}): | |
| 2272 }}. For example, if the log entry for @file{vc.el} is | |
| 2273 @samp{(vc-do-command): Check call-process status.}, then the text in | |
| 2274 @file{ChangeLog} looks like this: | |
| 2275 | |
| 2276 @iftex | |
| 2277 @medbreak | |
| 2278 @end iftex | |
| 2279 @smallexample | |
| 2280 @group | |
| 2281 1999-05-06 Nathaniel Bowditch <nat@@apn.org> | |
| 2282 | |
| 2283 * vc.el (vc-do-command): Check call-process status. | |
| 2284 @end group | |
| 2285 @end smallexample | |
| 2286 @iftex | |
| 2287 @medbreak | |
| 2288 @end iftex | |
| 2289 | |
| 2290 When @kbd{C-x v a} adds several change log entries at once, it groups | |
| 2291 related log entries together if they all are checked in by the same | |
| 2292 author at nearly the same time. If the log entries for several such | |
| 2293 files all have the same text, it coalesces them into a single entry. | |
| 2294 For example, suppose the most recent check-ins have the following log | |
| 2295 entries: | |
| 2296 | |
| 2297 @flushleft | |
| 2298 @bullet{} For @file{vc.texinfo}: @samp{Fix expansion typos.} | |
| 2299 @bullet{} For @file{vc.el}: @samp{Don't call expand-file-name.} | |
| 2300 @bullet{} For @file{vc-hooks.el}: @samp{Don't call expand-file-name.} | |
| 2301 @end flushleft | |
| 2302 | |
| 2303 @noindent | |
| 2304 They appear like this in @file{ChangeLog}: | |
| 2305 | |
| 2306 @iftex | |
| 2307 @medbreak | |
| 2308 @end iftex | |
| 2309 @smallexample | |
| 2310 @group | |
| 2311 1999-04-01 Nathaniel Bowditch <nat@@apn.org> | |
| 2312 | |
| 2313 * vc.texinfo: Fix expansion typos. | |
| 2314 | |
| 2315 * vc.el, vc-hooks.el: Don't call expand-file-name. | |
| 2316 @end group | |
| 2317 @end smallexample | |
| 2318 @iftex | |
| 2319 @medbreak | |
| 2320 @end iftex | |
| 2321 | |
| 2322 Normally, @kbd{C-x v a} separates log entries by a blank line, but you | |
| 2323 can mark several related log entries to be clumped together (without an | |
| 2324 intervening blank line) by starting the text of each related log entry | |
| 2325 with a label of the form @w{@samp{@{@var{clumpname}@} }}. The label | |
| 2326 itself is not copied to @file{ChangeLog}. For example, suppose the log | |
| 2327 entries are: | |
| 2328 | |
| 2329 @flushleft | |
| 2330 @bullet{} For @file{vc.texinfo}: @samp{@{expand@} Fix expansion typos.} | |
| 2331 @bullet{} For @file{vc.el}: @samp{@{expand@} Don't call expand-file-name.} | |
| 2332 @bullet{} For @file{vc-hooks.el}: @samp{@{expand@} Don't call expand-file-name.} | |
| 2333 @end flushleft | |
| 2334 | |
| 2335 @noindent | |
| 2336 Then the text in @file{ChangeLog} looks like this: | |
| 2337 | |
| 2338 @iftex | |
| 2339 @medbreak | |
| 2340 @end iftex | |
| 2341 @smallexample | |
| 2342 @group | |
| 2343 1999-04-01 Nathaniel Bowditch <nat@@apn.org> | |
| 2344 | |
| 2345 * vc.texinfo: Fix expansion typos. | |
| 2346 * vc.el, vc-hooks.el: Don't call expand-file-name. | |
| 2347 @end group | |
| 2348 @end smallexample | |
| 2349 @iftex | |
| 2350 @medbreak | |
| 2351 @end iftex | |
| 2352 | |
| 2353 A log entry whose text begins with @samp{#} is not copied to | |
| 2354 @file{ChangeLog}. For example, if you merely fix some misspellings in | |
| 2355 comments, you can log the change with an entry beginning with @samp{#} | |
| 2356 to avoid putting such trivia into @file{ChangeLog}. | |
| 2357 | |
| 2358 @node Renaming and VC | |
| 2359 @subsubsection Renaming VC Work Files and Master Files | |
| 2360 | |
| 2361 @findex vc-rename-file | |
| 2362 When you rename a registered file, you must also rename its master | |
| 2363 file correspondingly to get proper results. Use @code{vc-rename-file} | |
| 2364 to rename the source file as you specify, and rename its master file | |
| 2365 accordingly. It also updates any snapshots (@pxref{Snapshots}) that | |
| 2366 mention the file, so that they use the new name; despite this, the | |
| 2367 snapshot thus modified may not completely work (@pxref{Snapshot | |
| 2368 Caveats}). | |
| 2369 | |
| 2370 You cannot use @code{vc-rename-file} on a file that is locked by | |
| 2371 someone else. | |
| 2372 | |
| 2373 @node Version Headers | |
| 2374 @subsubsection Inserting Version Control Headers | |
| 2375 | |
| 2376 Sometimes it is convenient to put version identification strings | |
| 2377 directly into working files. Certain special strings called | |
| 2378 @dfn{version headers} are replaced in each successive version by the | |
| 2379 number of that version. | |
| 2380 | |
| 2381 If you are using RCS, and version headers are present in your working | |
| 2382 files, Emacs can use them to determine the current version and the | |
| 2383 locking state of the files. This is more reliable than referring to the | |
| 2384 master files, which is done when there are no version headers. Note | |
| 2385 that in a multi-branch environment, version headers are necessary to | |
| 2386 make VC behave correctly (@pxref{Multi-User Branching}). | |
| 2387 | |
| 2388 Searching for version headers is controlled by the variable | |
| 38739 | 2389 @code{vc-consult-headers}. If it is non-@code{nil} (the default), |
| 2390 Emacs searches for headers to determine the version number you are | |
| 2391 editing. Setting it to @code{nil} disables this feature. | |
| 25829 | 2392 |
| 2393 @kindex C-x v h | |
| 2394 @findex vc-insert-headers | |
| 2395 You can use the @kbd{C-x v h} command (@code{vc-insert-headers}) to | |
| 2396 insert a suitable header string. | |
| 2397 | |
| 2398 @table @kbd | |
| 2399 @item C-x v h | |
| 2400 Insert headers in a file for use with your version-control system. | |
| 2401 @end table | |
| 2402 | |
| 2403 @vindex vc-header-alist | |
| 2404 The default header string is @samp{@w{$}Id$} for RCS and | |
| 2405 @samp{@w{%}W%} for SCCS. You can specify other headers to insert by | |
| 2406 setting the variable @code{vc-header-alist}. Its value is a list of | |
| 2407 elements of the form @code{(@var{program} . @var{string})} where | |
| 2408 @var{program} is @code{RCS} or @code{SCCS} and @var{string} is the | |
| 2409 string to use. | |
| 2410 | |
| 2411 Instead of a single string, you can specify a list of strings; then | |
| 2412 each string in the list is inserted as a separate header on a line of | |
| 2413 its own. | |
| 2414 | |
| 38739 | 2415 It is often necessary to use ``superfluous'' backslashes when |
| 2416 writing the strings that you put in this variable. For instance, you | |
| 2417 might write @code{"$Id\$"} rather than @code{"$Id@w{$}"}. The extra | |
| 2418 backslash prevents the string constant from being interpreted as a | |
| 2419 header, if the Emacs Lisp file containing it is maintained with | |
| 2420 version control. | |
| 25829 | 2421 |
| 2422 @vindex vc-comment-alist | |
| 2423 Each header is inserted surrounded by tabs, inside comment delimiters, | |
| 2424 on a new line at point. Normally the ordinary comment | |
| 2425 start and comment end strings of the current mode are used, but for | |
| 2426 certain modes, there are special comment delimiters for this purpose; | |
| 2427 the variable @code{vc-comment-alist} specifies them. Each element of | |
| 2428 this list has the form @code{(@var{mode} @var{starter} @var{ender})}. | |
| 2429 | |
| 2430 @vindex vc-static-header-alist | |
| 2431 The variable @code{vc-static-header-alist} specifies further strings | |
| 2432 to add based on the name of the buffer. Its value should be a list of | |
| 2433 elements of the form @code{(@var{regexp} . @var{format})}. Whenever | |
| 2434 @var{regexp} matches the buffer name, @var{format} is inserted as part | |
| 2435 of the header. A header line is inserted for each element that matches | |
| 2436 the buffer name, and for each string specified by | |
| 2437 @code{vc-header-alist}. The header line is made by processing the | |
| 2438 string from @code{vc-header-alist} with the format taken from the | |
| 2439 element. The default value for @code{vc-static-header-alist} is as follows: | |
| 2440 | |
| 2441 @example | |
| 2442 @group | |
| 2443 (("\\.c$" . | |
| 2444 "\n#ifndef lint\nstatic char vcid[] = \"\%s\";\n\ | |
| 2445 #endif /* lint */\n")) | |
| 2446 @end group | |
| 2447 @end example | |
| 2448 | |
| 2449 @noindent | |
| 2450 It specifies insertion of text of this form: | |
| 2451 | |
| 2452 @example | |
| 2453 @group | |
| 2454 | |
| 2455 #ifndef lint | |
| 2456 static char vcid[] = "@var{string}"; | |
| 2457 #endif /* lint */ | |
| 2458 @end group | |
| 2459 @end example | |
| 2460 | |
| 2461 @noindent | |
| 2462 Note that the text above starts with a blank line. | |
| 2463 | |
| 2464 If you use more than one version header in a file, put them close | |
| 2465 together in the file. The mechanism in @code{revert-buffer} that | |
| 2466 preserves markers may not handle markers positioned between two version | |
| 2467 headers. | |
| 2468 | |
| 2469 @node Customizing VC | |
| 2470 @subsection Customizing VC | |
| 2471 | |
|
36355
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
Andr? Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2472 @vindex vc-handled-backends |
|
37315
702729e72132
Change @var to @code in many places.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
37090
diff
changeset
|
2473 The variable @code{vc-handled-backends} determines which version |
|
36355
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
Andr? Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2474 control systems VC should handle. The default value is @code{(RCS CVS |
|
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
Andr? Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2475 SCCS)}, so it contains all three version systems that are currently |
|
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
Andr? Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2476 supported. If you want VC to ignore one or more of these systems, |
|
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
Andr? Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2477 exclude its name from the list. |
|
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
Andr? Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2478 |
|
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
Andr? Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2479 The order of systems in the list is significant: when you visit a file |
|
37315
702729e72132
Change @var to @code in many places.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
37090
diff
changeset
|
2480 registered in more than one system (@pxref{Local Version Control}), |
|
702729e72132
Change @var to @code in many places.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
37090
diff
changeset
|
2481 VC uses the system that comes first in @code{vc-handled-backends} by |
|
36355
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
Andr? Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2482 default. The order is also significant when you register a file for |
|
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
Andr? Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2483 the first time, @pxref{Registering} for details. |
| 25829 | 2484 |
| 2485 @menu | |
|
36385
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2486 * General VC Options:: Options that apply to multiple back ends. |
|
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2487 * RCS and SCCS:: Options for RCS and SCCS. |
|
36355
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
Andr? Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2488 * CVS Options:: Options for CVS. |
| 25829 | 2489 @end menu |
| 2490 | |
|
36355
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
Andr? Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2491 @node General VC Options |
|
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
Andr? Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2492 @subsubsection General Options |
| 25829 | 2493 |
| 2494 @vindex vc-make-backup-files | |
| 2495 Emacs normally does not save backup files for source files that are | |
| 2496 maintained with version control. If you want to make backup files even | |
| 2497 for files that use version control, set the variable | |
| 2498 @code{vc-make-backup-files} to a non-@code{nil} value. | |
| 2499 | |
| 2500 @vindex vc-keep-workfiles | |
| 2501 Normally the work file exists all the time, whether it is locked or | |
| 2502 not. If you set @code{vc-keep-workfiles} to @code{nil}, then checking | |
| 2503 in a new version with @kbd{C-x C-q} deletes the work file; but any | |
| 2504 attempt to visit the file with Emacs creates it again. (With CVS, work | |
| 2505 files are always kept.) | |
| 2506 | |
| 2507 @vindex vc-follow-symlinks | |
| 2508 Editing a version-controlled file through a symbolic link can be | |
| 2509 dangerous. It bypasses the version control system---you can edit the | |
| 2510 file without locking it, and fail to check your changes in. Also, | |
| 2511 your changes might overwrite those of another user. To protect against | |
| 2512 this, VC checks each symbolic link that you visit, to see if it points | |
| 2513 to a file under version control. | |
| 2514 | |
| 2515 The variable @code{vc-follow-symlinks} controls what to do when a | |
| 2516 symbolic link points to a version-controlled file. If it is @code{nil}, | |
| 2517 VC only displays a warning message. If it is @code{t}, VC automatically | |
| 2518 follows the link, and visits the real file instead, telling you about | |
| 2519 this in the echo area. If the value is @code{ask} (the default), VC | |
| 2520 asks you each time whether to follow the link. | |
| 2521 | |
| 2522 @vindex vc-suppress-confirm | |
| 2523 If @code{vc-suppress-confirm} is non-@code{nil}, then @kbd{C-x C-q} | |
| 2524 and @kbd{C-x v i} can save the current buffer without asking, and | |
| 2525 @kbd{C-x v u} also operates without asking for confirmation. (This | |
| 2526 variable does not affect @kbd{C-x v c}; that operation is so drastic | |
| 2527 that it should always ask for confirmation.) | |
| 2528 | |
| 2529 @vindex vc-command-messages | |
| 2530 VC mode does much of its work by running the shell commands for RCS, | |
| 2531 CVS and SCCS. If @code{vc-command-messages} is non-@code{nil}, VC | |
| 2532 displays messages to indicate which shell commands it runs, and | |
| 2533 additional messages when the commands finish. | |
| 2534 | |
| 2535 @vindex vc-path | |
| 2536 You can specify additional directories to search for version control | |
|
36385
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2537 programs by setting the variable @code{vc-path}. These directories |
|
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2538 are searched before the usual search path. It is rarely necessary to |
|
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2539 set this variable, because VC normally finds the proper files |
|
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2540 automatically. |
|
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2541 |
|
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2542 @node RCS and SCCS |
|
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2543 @subsubsection Options for RCS and SCCS |
|
36355
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
Andr? Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2544 |
|
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
Andr? Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2545 @cindex non-strict locking (RCS) |
|
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
Andr? Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2546 @cindex locking, non-strict (RCS) |
|
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
Andr? Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2547 By default, RCS uses locking to coordinate the activities of several |
|
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
Andr? Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2548 users, but there is a mode called @dfn{non-strict locking} in which |
|
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
Andr? Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2549 you can check-in changes without locking the file first. Use |
|
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
Andr? Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2550 @samp{rcs -U} to switch to non-strict locking for a particular file, |
| 39263 | 2551 see the @code{rcs} manual page for details. |
|
36385
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2552 |
|
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2553 When deducing the version control state of an RCS file, VC first |
|
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2554 looks for an RCS version header string in the file (@pxref{Version |
|
36355
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
Andr? Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2555 Headers}). If there is no header string, VC normally looks at the |
|
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
Andr? Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2556 file permissions of the work file; this is fast. But there might be |
|
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
Andr? Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2557 situations when the file permissions cannot be trusted. In this case |
|
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
Andr? Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2558 the master file has to be consulted, which is rather expensive. Also |
|
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
Andr? Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2559 the master file can only tell you @emph{if} there's any lock on the |
|
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
Andr? Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2560 file, but not whether your work file really contains that locked |
|
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
Andr? Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2561 version. |
|
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
Andr? Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2562 |
|
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
Andr? Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2563 @vindex vc-consult-headers |
|
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
Andr? Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2564 You can tell VC not to use version headers to determine the file |
|
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
Andr? Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2565 status by setting @code{vc-consult-headers} to @code{nil}. VC then |
|
36385
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2566 always uses the file permissions (if it is supposed to trust them), or |
|
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2567 else checks the master file. |
|
36355
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
Andr? Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2568 |
|
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
Andr? Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2569 @vindex vc-mistrust-permissions |
|
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
Andr? Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2570 You can specify the criterion for whether to trust the file |
|
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
Andr? Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2571 permissions by setting the variable @code{vc-mistrust-permissions}. |
|
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
Andr? Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2572 Its value can be @code{t} (always mistrust the file permissions and |
|
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
Andr? Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2573 check the master file), @code{nil} (always trust the file |
|
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
Andr? Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2574 permissions), or a function of one argument which makes the decision. |
|
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
Andr? Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2575 The argument is the directory name of the @file{RCS} subdirectory. A |
|
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
Andr? Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2576 non-@code{nil} value from the function says to mistrust the file |
|
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
Andr? Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2577 permissions. If you find that the file permissions of work files are |
|
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
Andr? Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2578 changed erroneously, set @code{vc-mistrust-permissions} to @code{t}. |
|
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
Andr? Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2579 Then VC always checks the master file to determine the file's status. |
|
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
Andr? Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2580 |
|
36385
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2581 VC determines the version control state of files under SCCS much as |
|
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2582 with RCS. It does not consider SCCS version headers, though. Thus, |
|
37315
702729e72132
Change @var to @code in many places.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
37090
diff
changeset
|
2583 the variable @code{vc-mistrust-permissions} affects SCCS use, but |
|
702729e72132
Change @var to @code in many places.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
37090
diff
changeset
|
2584 @code{vc-consult-headers} does not. |
|
36385
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2585 |
|
36355
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
Andr? Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2586 @node CVS Options |
|
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
Andr? Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2587 @subsubsection Options specific for CVS |
|
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
Andr? Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2588 |
|
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
Andr? Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2589 @cindex locking (CVS) |
|
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
Andr? Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2590 By default, CVS does not use locking to coordinate the activities of |
|
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
Andr? Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2591 several users; anyone can change a work file at any time. However, |
|
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
Andr? Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2592 there are ways to restrict this, resulting in behavior that resembles |
|
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
Andr? Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2593 locking. |
|
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
Andr? Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2594 |
|
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
Andr? Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2595 @cindex CVSREAD environment variable (CVS) |
|
36385
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2596 For one thing, you can set the @env{CVSREAD} environment variable |
|
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2597 (the value you use makes no difference). If this variable is defined, |
|
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2598 CVS makes your work files read-only by default. In Emacs, you must |
| 39263 | 2599 type @kbd{C-x C-q} to make the file writable, so that editing works |
|
36385
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2600 in fact similar as if locking was used. Note however, that no actual |
| 39263 | 2601 locking is performed, so several users can make their files writable |
|
36385
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2602 at the same time. When setting @env{CVSREAD} for the first time, make |
|
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2603 sure to check out all your modules anew, so that the file protections |
|
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2604 are set correctly. |
|
36355
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
Andr? Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2605 |
|
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
Andr? Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2606 @cindex cvs watch feature |
|
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
Andr? Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2607 @cindex watching files (CVS) |
|
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
Andr? Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2608 Another way to achieve something similar to locking is to use the |
|
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
Andr? Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2609 @dfn{watch} feature of CVS. If a file is being watched, CVS makes it |
|
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
Andr? Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2610 read-only by default, and you must also use @kbd{C-x C-q} in Emacs to |
| 39263 | 2611 make it writable. VC calls @code{cvs edit} to make the file writable, |
|
36355
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
Andr? Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2612 and CVS takes care to notify other developers of the fact that you |
|
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
Andr? Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2613 intend to change the file. See the CVS documentation for details on |
|
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
Andr? Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2614 using the watch feature. |
|
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
Andr? Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2615 |
|
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
Andr? Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2616 @vindex vc-cvs-stay-local |
|
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
Andr? Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2617 @cindex remote repositories (CVS) |
|
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
Andr? Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2618 When a file's repository is on a remote machine, VC tries to keep |
|
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
Andr? Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2619 network interactions to a minimum. This is controlled by the variable |
|
37315
702729e72132
Change @var to @code in many places.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
37090
diff
changeset
|
2620 @code{vc-cvs-stay-local}. If it is @code{t} (the default), then VC uses |
|
36356
a10bf38295d2
(CVS Options): Mention that t is the default for vc-cvs-stay-local.
Andr? Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36355
diff
changeset
|
2621 only the entry in the local CVS subdirectory to determine the file's |
|
a10bf38295d2
(CVS Options): Mention that t is the default for vc-cvs-stay-local.
Andr? Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36355
diff
changeset
|
2622 state (and possibly information returned by previous CVS commands). One |
|
a10bf38295d2
(CVS Options): Mention that t is the default for vc-cvs-stay-local.
Andr? Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36355
diff
changeset
|
2623 consequence of this is that when you have modified a file, and somebody |
|
a10bf38295d2
(CVS Options): Mention that t is the default for vc-cvs-stay-local.
Andr? Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36355
diff
changeset
|
2624 else has already checked in other changes to the file, you are not |
|
a10bf38295d2
(CVS Options): Mention that t is the default for vc-cvs-stay-local.
Andr? Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36355
diff
changeset
|
2625 notified of it until you actually try to commit. (But you can try to |
|
a10bf38295d2
(CVS Options): Mention that t is the default for vc-cvs-stay-local.
Andr? Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36355
diff
changeset
|
2626 pick up any recent changes from the repository first, using @kbd{C-x v m |
|
36385
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2627 @key{RET}}, @pxref{Merging}). |
|
36355
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
Andr? Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2628 |
|
37315
702729e72132
Change @var to @code in many places.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
37090
diff
changeset
|
2629 When @code{vc-cvs-stay-local} is @code{t}, VC also makes local |
|
36355
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
Andr? Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2630 version backups, so that simple diff and revert operations are |
|
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
Andr? Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2631 completely local (@pxref{Version Backups}). |
|
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
Andr? Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2632 |
|
37315
702729e72132
Change @var to @code in many places.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
37090
diff
changeset
|
2633 On the other hand, if you set @code{vc-cvs-stay-local} to @code{nil}, |
|
36355
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
Andr? Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2634 then VC queries the remote repository @emph{before} it decides what to |
|
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
Andr? Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2635 do in @code{vc-next-action} (@kbd{C-x v v}), just as it does for local |
|
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
Andr? Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2636 repositories. It also does not make any version backups. |
|
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
Andr? Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2637 |
|
37315
702729e72132
Change @var to @code in many places.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
37090
diff
changeset
|
2638 You can also set @code{vc-cvs-stay-local} to a regular expression |
| 39263 | 2639 that is matched against the repository host name; VC then stays local |
|
36385
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2640 only for repositories from hosts that match the pattern. |
|
36355
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
Andr? Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2641 |
| 25829 | 2642 @node Directories |
| 2643 @section File Directories | |
| 2644 | |
| 2645 @cindex file directory | |
| 2646 @cindex directory listing | |
| 2647 The file system groups files into @dfn{directories}. A @dfn{directory | |
| 2648 listing} is a list of all the files in a directory. Emacs provides | |
| 2649 commands to create and delete directories, and to make directory | |
| 2650 listings in brief format (file names only) and verbose format (sizes, | |
| 2651 dates, and authors included). There is also a directory browser called | |
| 2652 Dired; see @ref{Dired}. | |
| 2653 | |
| 2654 @table @kbd | |
| 2655 @item C-x C-d @var{dir-or-pattern} @key{RET} | |
| 2656 Display a brief directory listing (@code{list-directory}). | |
| 2657 @item C-u C-x C-d @var{dir-or-pattern} @key{RET} | |
| 2658 Display a verbose directory listing. | |
| 2659 @item M-x make-directory @key{RET} @var{dirname} @key{RET} | |
| 2660 Create a new directory named @var{dirname}. | |
| 2661 @item M-x delete-directory @key{RET} @var{dirname} @key{RET} | |
| 2662 Delete the directory named @var{dirname}. It must be empty, | |
| 2663 or you get an error. | |
| 2664 @end table | |
| 2665 | |
| 2666 @findex list-directory | |
| 2667 @kindex C-x C-d | |
| 2668 The command to display a directory listing is @kbd{C-x C-d} | |
| 2669 (@code{list-directory}). It reads using the minibuffer a file name | |
| 2670 which is either a directory to be listed or a wildcard-containing | |
| 2671 pattern for the files to be listed. For example, | |
| 2672 | |
| 2673 @example | |
| 2674 C-x C-d /u2/emacs/etc @key{RET} | |
| 2675 @end example | |
| 2676 | |
| 2677 @noindent | |
| 2678 lists all the files in directory @file{/u2/emacs/etc}. Here is an | |
| 2679 example of specifying a file name pattern: | |
| 2680 | |
| 2681 @example | |
| 2682 C-x C-d /u2/emacs/src/*.c @key{RET} | |
| 2683 @end example | |
| 2684 | |
|
38870
d44abb4e68b2
Don't use "print" for displaying a message.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
38768
diff
changeset
|
2685 Normally, @kbd{C-x C-d} displays a brief directory listing containing |
| 25829 | 2686 just file names. A numeric argument (regardless of value) tells it to |
|
37315
702729e72132
Change @var to @code in many places.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
37090
diff
changeset
|
2687 make a verbose listing including sizes, dates, and owners (like |
| 25829 | 2688 @samp{ls -l}). |
| 2689 | |
| 2690 @vindex list-directory-brief-switches | |
| 2691 @vindex list-directory-verbose-switches | |
| 2692 The text of a directory listing is obtained by running @code{ls} in an | |
| 2693 inferior process. Two Emacs variables control the switches passed to | |
| 2694 @code{ls}: @code{list-directory-brief-switches} is a string giving the | |
| 2695 switches to use in brief listings (@code{"-CF"} by default), and | |
| 2696 @code{list-directory-verbose-switches} is a string giving the switches to | |
| 2697 use in a verbose listing (@code{"-l"} by default). | |
| 2698 | |
| 2699 @node Comparing Files | |
| 2700 @section Comparing Files | |
| 2701 @cindex comparing files | |
| 2702 | |
| 2703 @findex diff | |
| 2704 @vindex diff-switches | |
| 2705 The command @kbd{M-x diff} compares two files, displaying the | |
| 38739 | 2706 differences in an Emacs buffer named @samp{*diff*}. It works by |
| 2707 running the @code{diff} program, using options taken from the variable | |
| 2708 @code{diff-switches}. The value of @code{diff-switches} should be a | |
| 2709 string; the default is @code{"-c"} to specify a context diff. | |
| 25829 | 2710 |
|
37315
702729e72132
Change @var to @code in many places.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
37090
diff
changeset
|
2711 The buffer @samp{*diff*} has Compilation mode as its major mode, so |
| 25829 | 2712 you can use @kbd{C-x `} to visit successive changed locations in the two |
| 2713 source files. You can also move to a particular hunk of changes and | |
| 2714 type @key{RET} or @kbd{C-c C-c}, or click @kbd{Mouse-2} on it, to move | |
| 2715 to the corresponding source location. You can also use the other | |
| 2716 special commands of Compilation mode: @key{SPC} and @key{DEL} for | |
| 2717 scrolling, and @kbd{M-p} and @kbd{M-n} for cursor motion. | |
| 2718 @xref{Compilation}. | |
| 2719 | |
| 2720 @findex diff-backup | |
| 2721 The command @kbd{M-x diff-backup} compares a specified file with its most | |
| 2722 recent backup. If you specify the name of a backup file, | |
| 2723 @code{diff-backup} compares it with the source file that it is a backup | |
| 2724 of. | |
| 2725 | |
| 2726 @findex compare-windows | |
| 2727 The command @kbd{M-x compare-windows} compares the text in the current | |
| 2728 window with that in the next window. Comparison starts at point in each | |
| 2729 window, and each starting position is pushed on the mark ring in its | |
| 2730 respective buffer. Then point moves forward in each window, a character | |
| 2731 at a time, until a mismatch between the two windows is reached. Then | |
| 2732 the command is finished. For more information about windows in Emacs, | |
| 2733 @ref{Windows}. | |
| 2734 | |
| 2735 @vindex compare-ignore-case | |
| 2736 With a numeric argument, @code{compare-windows} ignores changes in | |
| 2737 whitespace. If the variable @code{compare-ignore-case} is | |
| 2738 non-@code{nil}, it ignores differences in case as well. | |
| 2739 | |
| 31076 | 2740 @findex diff-mode |
| 2741 @cindex diffs | |
| 2742 @cindex patches | |
| 2743 @cindex Diff mode | |
|
36136
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
2744 Differences between versions of files are often distributed as |
|
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
2745 @dfn{patches}, which are the output from @command{diff} or a version |
|
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
2746 control system that uses @command{diff}. @kbd{M-x diff-mode} turns on |
|
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
2747 Diff mode, a major mode for viewing and editing patches, either as |
|
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
2748 ``unified diffs'' or ``context diffs.'' |
| 31076 | 2749 |
| 2750 @cindex Smerge mode | |
| 2751 @findex smerge-mode | |
| 2752 @cindex failed merges | |
| 2753 @cindex merges, failed | |
|
36274
91f2160d4468
Remove two more redundant index entries.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
36263
diff
changeset
|
2754 @cindex comparing 3 files (@code{diff3}) |
|
36136
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
2755 You can use @kbd{M-x smerge-mode} to turn on Smerge mode, a minor |
|
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
2756 mode for editing output from the @command{diff3} program. This is |
|
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
2757 typically the result of a failed merge from a version control system |
|
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
2758 ``update'' outside VC, due to conflicting changes to a file. Smerge |
|
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
2759 mode provides commands to resolve conflicts by selecting specific |
|
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
2760 changes. |
|
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
2761 |
|
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
2762 See also @ref{Emerge}, and @ref{Top,,, ediff, The Ediff Manual}, for |
|
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
2763 convenient facilities for merging two similar files. |
| 25829 | 2764 |
| 2765 @node Misc File Ops | |
| 2766 @section Miscellaneous File Operations | |
| 2767 | |
| 2768 Emacs has commands for performing many other operations on files. | |
| 2769 All operate on one file; they do not accept wildcard file names. | |
| 2770 | |
| 2771 @findex view-file | |
| 2772 @cindex viewing | |
| 2773 @cindex View mode | |
| 2774 @cindex mode, View | |
| 2775 @kbd{M-x view-file} allows you to scan or read a file by sequential | |
| 2776 screenfuls. It reads a file name argument using the minibuffer. After | |
| 2777 reading the file into an Emacs buffer, @code{view-file} displays the | |
| 2778 beginning. You can then type @key{SPC} to scroll forward one windowful, | |
| 2779 or @key{DEL} to scroll backward. Various other commands are provided | |
| 2780 for moving around in the file, but none for changing it; type @kbd{?} | |
| 2781 while viewing for a list of them. They are mostly the same as normal | |
| 2782 Emacs cursor motion commands. To exit from viewing, type @kbd{q}. | |
| 2783 The commands for viewing are defined by a special major mode called View | |
| 2784 mode. | |
| 2785 | |
| 2786 A related command, @kbd{M-x view-buffer}, views a buffer already present | |
| 2787 in Emacs. @xref{Misc Buffer}. | |
| 2788 | |
| 38739 | 2789 @kindex C-x i |
| 25829 | 2790 @findex insert-file |
| 38739 | 2791 @kbd{M-x insert-file} (also @kbd{C-x i}) inserts a copy of the |
| 2792 contents of the specified file into the current buffer at point, | |
| 2793 leaving point unchanged before the contents and the mark after them. | |
| 25829 | 2794 |
| 2795 @findex write-region | |
| 2796 @kbd{M-x write-region} is the inverse of @kbd{M-x insert-file}; it | |
| 2797 copies the contents of the region into the specified file. @kbd{M-x | |
| 2798 append-to-file} adds the text of the region to the end of the specified | |
| 2799 file. @xref{Accumulating Text}. | |
| 2800 | |
| 2801 @findex delete-file | |
| 2802 @cindex deletion (of files) | |
| 2803 @kbd{M-x delete-file} deletes the specified file, like the @code{rm} | |
| 2804 command in the shell. If you are deleting many files in one directory, it | |
| 2805 may be more convenient to use Dired (@pxref{Dired}). | |
| 2806 | |
| 2807 @findex rename-file | |
| 2808 @kbd{M-x rename-file} reads two file names @var{old} and @var{new} using | |
| 38739 | 2809 the minibuffer, then renames file @var{old} as @var{new}. If the file name |
| 25829 | 2810 @var{new} already exists, you must confirm with @kbd{yes} or renaming is not |
| 2811 done; this is because renaming causes the old meaning of the name @var{new} | |
| 2812 to be lost. If @var{old} and @var{new} are on different file systems, the | |
| 2813 file @var{old} is copied and deleted. | |
| 2814 | |
| 2815 @findex add-name-to-file | |
| 38739 | 2816 @cindex hard links (creation) |
| 25829 | 2817 The similar command @kbd{M-x add-name-to-file} is used to add an |
| 2818 additional name to an existing file without removing its old name. | |
| 38739 | 2819 The new name is created as a ``hard link'' to the existing file. |
| 25829 | 2820 The new name must belong on the same file system that the file is on. |
|
37349
9aada84f08c8
Clarify link commands for MS systems.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
37315
diff
changeset
|
2821 On Windows, this command works only if the file resides in an NTFS |
|
9aada84f08c8
Clarify link commands for MS systems.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
37315
diff
changeset
|
2822 file system. On MS-DOS, it works by copying the file. |
| 25829 | 2823 |
| 2824 @findex copy-file | |
| 2825 @cindex copying files | |
| 2826 @kbd{M-x copy-file} reads the file @var{old} and writes a new file named | |
| 2827 @var{new} with the same contents. Confirmation is required if a file named | |
| 2828 @var{new} already exists, because copying has the consequence of overwriting | |
| 2829 the old contents of the file @var{new}. | |
| 2830 | |
| 2831 @findex make-symbolic-link | |
| 2832 @kbd{M-x make-symbolic-link} reads two file names @var{target} and | |
|
38064
b8ea59337400
Proofreading fixes from Art the Lemming <lemming@gimp.shacknet.nu>.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
38020
diff
changeset
|
2833 @var{linkname}, then creates a symbolic link named @var{linkname}, which |
|
b8ea59337400
Proofreading fixes from Art the Lemming <lemming@gimp.shacknet.nu>.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
38020
diff
changeset
|
2834 points at @var{target}. The effect is that future attempts to open file |
| 25829 | 2835 @var{linkname} will refer to whatever file is named @var{target} at the |
| 2836 time the opening is done, or will get an error if the name @var{target} is | |
| 2837 not in use at that time. This command does not expand the argument | |
| 2838 @var{target}, so that it allows you to specify a relative name | |
| 2839 as the target of the link. | |
| 2840 | |
| 2841 Confirmation is required when creating the link if @var{linkname} is | |
|
37349
9aada84f08c8
Clarify link commands for MS systems.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
37315
diff
changeset
|
2842 in use. Note that not all systems support symbolic links; on systems |
|
9aada84f08c8
Clarify link commands for MS systems.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
37315
diff
changeset
|
2843 that don't support them, this command is not defined. |
| 25829 | 2844 |
| 2845 @node Compressed Files | |
| 2846 @section Accessing Compressed Files | |
| 2847 @cindex compression | |
| 2848 @cindex uncompression | |
| 2849 @cindex Auto Compression mode | |
| 2850 @cindex mode, Auto Compression | |
| 2851 @pindex gzip | |
| 2852 | |
| 2853 @findex auto-compression-mode | |
|
28123
6e2e72ee55a6
(Compressed Files): Note custom option.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26105
diff
changeset
|
2854 @vindex auto-compression-mode |
| 25829 | 2855 Emacs comes with a library that can automatically uncompress |
| 2856 compressed files when you visit them, and automatically recompress them | |
| 2857 if you alter them and save them. To enable this feature, type the | |
|
28123
6e2e72ee55a6
(Compressed Files): Note custom option.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26105
diff
changeset
|
2858 command @kbd{M-x auto-compression-mode}. You can enable it permanently |
|
37315
702729e72132
Change @var to @code in many places.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
37090
diff
changeset
|
2859 by customizing the option @code{auto-compression-mode}. |
| 25829 | 2860 |
| 2861 When automatic compression (which implies automatic uncompression as | |
| 2862 well) is enabled, Emacs recognizes compressed files by their file names. | |
| 2863 File names ending in @samp{.gz} indicate a file compressed with | |
| 2864 @code{gzip}. Other endings indicate other compression programs. | |
| 2865 | |
| 2866 Automatic uncompression and compression apply to all the operations in | |
| 2867 which Emacs uses the contents of a file. This includes visiting it, | |
| 2868 saving it, inserting its contents into a buffer, loading it, and byte | |
| 2869 compiling it. | |
| 2870 | |
|
28123
6e2e72ee55a6
(Compressed Files): Note custom option.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26105
diff
changeset
|
2871 @node File Archives |
|
6e2e72ee55a6
(Compressed Files): Note custom option.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26105
diff
changeset
|
2872 @section File Archives |
|
6e2e72ee55a6
(Compressed Files): Note custom option.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26105
diff
changeset
|
2873 @cindex mode, tar |
|
6e2e72ee55a6
(Compressed Files): Note custom option.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26105
diff
changeset
|
2874 @cindex Tar mode |
|
36274
91f2160d4468
Remove two more redundant index entries.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
36263
diff
changeset
|
2875 @cindex file archives |
|
29683
324386e590b7
(File Archives): Remove redundant index entries. Add some more Tar
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
29556
diff
changeset
|
2876 |
|
36136
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
2877 A file whose name ends in @samp{.tar} is normally an @dfn{archive} |
|
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
2878 made by the @code{tar} program. Emacs views these files in a special |
|
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
2879 mode called Tar mode which provides a Dired-like list of the contents |
|
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
2880 (@pxref{Dired}). You can move around through the list just as you |
|
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
2881 would in Dired, and visit the subfiles contained in the archive. |
|
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
2882 However, not all Dired commands are available in Tar mode. |
|
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
2883 |
|
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
2884 If you enable Auto Compression mode (@pxref{Compressed Files}), then |
|
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
2885 Tar mode is used also for compressed archives---files with extensions |
|
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
2886 @samp{.tgz}, @code{.tar.Z} and @code{.tar.gz}. |
|
29683
324386e590b7
(File Archives): Remove redundant index entries. Add some more Tar
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
29556
diff
changeset
|
2887 |
|
36385
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2888 The keys @kbd{e}, @kbd{f} and @key{RET} all extract a component file |
|
29683
324386e590b7
(File Archives): Remove redundant index entries. Add some more Tar
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
29556
diff
changeset
|
2889 into its own buffer. You can edit it there and when you save the buffer |
|
324386e590b7
(File Archives): Remove redundant index entries. Add some more Tar
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
29556
diff
changeset
|
2890 the edited version will replace the version in the Tar buffer. @kbd{v} |
|
324386e590b7
(File Archives): Remove redundant index entries. Add some more Tar
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
29556
diff
changeset
|
2891 extracts a file into a buffer in View mode. @kbd{o} extracts the file |
|
324386e590b7
(File Archives): Remove redundant index entries. Add some more Tar
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
29556
diff
changeset
|
2892 and displays it in another window, so you could edit the file and |
|
324386e590b7
(File Archives): Remove redundant index entries. Add some more Tar
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
29556
diff
changeset
|
2893 operate on the archive simultaneously. @kbd{d} marks a file for |
|
324386e590b7
(File Archives): Remove redundant index entries. Add some more Tar
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
29556
diff
changeset
|
2894 deletion when you later use @kbd{x}, and @kbd{u} unmarks a file, as in |
|
324386e590b7
(File Archives): Remove redundant index entries. Add some more Tar
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
29556
diff
changeset
|
2895 Dired. @kbd{C} copies a file from the archive to disk and @kbd{R} |
|
324386e590b7
(File Archives): Remove redundant index entries. Add some more Tar
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
29556
diff
changeset
|
2896 renames a file. @kbd{g} reverts the buffer from the archive on disk. |
|
324386e590b7
(File Archives): Remove redundant index entries. Add some more Tar
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
29556
diff
changeset
|
2897 |
|
324386e590b7
(File Archives): Remove redundant index entries. Add some more Tar
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
29556
diff
changeset
|
2898 The keys @kbd{M}, @kbd{G}, and @kbd{O} change the file's permission |
|
324386e590b7
(File Archives): Remove redundant index entries. Add some more Tar
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
29556
diff
changeset
|
2899 bits, group, and owner, respectively. |
|
324386e590b7
(File Archives): Remove redundant index entries. Add some more Tar
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
29556
diff
changeset
|
2900 |
|
324386e590b7
(File Archives): Remove redundant index entries. Add some more Tar
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
29556
diff
changeset
|
2901 If your display supports colors and the mouse, moving the mouse |
|
324386e590b7
(File Archives): Remove redundant index entries. Add some more Tar
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
29556
diff
changeset
|
2902 pointer across a file name highlights that file name, indicating that |
|
324386e590b7
(File Archives): Remove redundant index entries. Add some more Tar
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
29556
diff
changeset
|
2903 you can click on it. Clicking @kbd{Mouse-2} on the highlighted file |
|
324386e590b7
(File Archives): Remove redundant index entries. Add some more Tar
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
29556
diff
changeset
|
2904 name extracts the file into a buffer and displays that buffer. |
|
324386e590b7
(File Archives): Remove redundant index entries. Add some more Tar
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
29556
diff
changeset
|
2905 |
|
324386e590b7
(File Archives): Remove redundant index entries. Add some more Tar
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
29556
diff
changeset
|
2906 Saving the Tar buffer writes a new version of the archive to disk with |
|
324386e590b7
(File Archives): Remove redundant index entries. Add some more Tar
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
29556
diff
changeset
|
2907 the changes you made to the components. |
|
324386e590b7
(File Archives): Remove redundant index entries. Add some more Tar
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
29556
diff
changeset
|
2908 |
|
36136
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
2909 You don't need the @code{tar} program to use Tar mode---Emacs reads |
|
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
2910 the archives directly. However, accessing compressed archives |
|
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
2911 requires the appropriate uncompression program. |
| 31076 | 2912 |
|
28123
6e2e72ee55a6
(Compressed Files): Note custom option.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26105
diff
changeset
|
2913 @cindex Archive mode |
|
6e2e72ee55a6
(Compressed Files): Note custom option.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26105
diff
changeset
|
2914 @cindex mode, archive |
|
6e2e72ee55a6
(Compressed Files): Note custom option.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26105
diff
changeset
|
2915 @cindex @code{arc} |
|
6e2e72ee55a6
(Compressed Files): Note custom option.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26105
diff
changeset
|
2916 @cindex @code{jar} |
|
6e2e72ee55a6
(Compressed Files): Note custom option.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26105
diff
changeset
|
2917 @cindex @code{zip} |
|
6e2e72ee55a6
(Compressed Files): Note custom option.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26105
diff
changeset
|
2918 @cindex @code{lzh} |
|
6e2e72ee55a6
(Compressed Files): Note custom option.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26105
diff
changeset
|
2919 @cindex @code{zoo} |
|
6e2e72ee55a6
(Compressed Files): Note custom option.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26105
diff
changeset
|
2920 @pindex arc |
|
6e2e72ee55a6
(Compressed Files): Note custom option.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26105
diff
changeset
|
2921 @pindex jar |
|
6e2e72ee55a6
(Compressed Files): Note custom option.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26105
diff
changeset
|
2922 @pindex zip |
|
6e2e72ee55a6
(Compressed Files): Note custom option.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26105
diff
changeset
|
2923 @pindex lzh |
|
6e2e72ee55a6
(Compressed Files): Note custom option.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26105
diff
changeset
|
2924 @pindex zoo |
|
6e2e72ee55a6
(Compressed Files): Note custom option.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26105
diff
changeset
|
2925 @cindex Java class archives |
|
29683
324386e590b7
(File Archives): Remove redundant index entries. Add some more Tar
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
29556
diff
changeset
|
2926 @cindex unzip archives |
|
324386e590b7
(File Archives): Remove redundant index entries. Add some more Tar
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
29556
diff
changeset
|
2927 A separate but similar Archive mode is used for archives produced by |
|
36136
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
2928 the programs @code{arc}, @code{jar}, @code{lzh}, @code{zip}, and |
|
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
2929 @code{zoo}, which have extensions corresponding to the program names. |
|
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
2930 |
| 39263 | 2931 The key bindings of Archive mode are similar to those in Tar mode, |
|
36136
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
2932 with the addition of the @kbd{m} key which marks a file for subsequent |
|
29683
324386e590b7
(File Archives): Remove redundant index entries. Add some more Tar
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
29556
diff
changeset
|
2933 operations, and @kbd{M-@key{DEL}} which unmarks all the marked files. |
|
36136
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
2934 Also, the @kbd{a} key toggles the display of detailed file |
|
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
2935 information, for those archive types where it won't fit in a single |
|
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
2936 line. Operations such as renaming a subfile, or changing its mode or |
|
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
2937 owner, are supported only for some of the archive formats. |
|
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
2938 |
|
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
2939 Unlike Tar mode, Archive mode runs the archiving program to unpack |
|
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
2940 and repack archives. Details of the program names and their options |
|
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
2941 can be set in the @samp{Archive} Customize group. However, you don't |
|
37315
702729e72132
Change @var to @code in many places.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
37090
diff
changeset
|
2942 need these programs to look at the archive table of contents, only to |
|
702729e72132
Change @var to @code in many places.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
37090
diff
changeset
|
2943 extract or manipulate the subfiles in the archive. |
|
28123
6e2e72ee55a6
(Compressed Files): Note custom option.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26105
diff
changeset
|
2944 |
| 25829 | 2945 @node Remote Files |
| 2946 @section Remote Files | |
| 2947 | |
| 2948 @cindex FTP | |
| 2949 @cindex remote file access | |
| 2950 You can refer to files on other machines using a special file name syntax: | |
| 2951 | |
| 2952 @example | |
| 2953 @group | |
| 2954 /@var{host}:@var{filename} | |
| 2955 /@var{user}@@@var{host}:@var{filename} | |
| 26105 | 2956 /@var{user}@@@var{host}#@var{port}:@var{filename} |
| 25829 | 2957 @end group |
| 2958 @end example | |
| 2959 | |
| 2960 @noindent | |
| 2961 When you do this, Emacs uses the FTP program to read and write files on | |
| 2962 the specified host. It logs in through FTP using your user name or the | |
| 2963 name @var{user}. It may ask you for a password from time to time; this | |
| 26105 | 2964 is used for logging in on @var{host}. The form using @var{port} allows |
| 2965 you to access servers running on a non-default TCP port. | |
| 25829 | 2966 |
|
35908
4ba2a6029c03
(Remote Files): Explain how to use ange-ftp behind firewalls. Add a
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
35731
diff
changeset
|
2967 @cindex backups for remote files |
|
4ba2a6029c03
(Remote Files): Explain how to use ange-ftp behind firewalls. Add a
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
35731
diff
changeset
|
2968 @vindex ange-ftp-make-backup-files |
|
4ba2a6029c03
(Remote Files): Explain how to use ange-ftp behind firewalls. Add a
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
35731
diff
changeset
|
2969 If you want to disable backups for remote files, set the variable |
|
4ba2a6029c03
(Remote Files): Explain how to use ange-ftp behind firewalls. Add a
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
35731
diff
changeset
|
2970 @code{ange-ftp-make-backup-files} to @code{nil}. |
|
4ba2a6029c03
(Remote Files): Explain how to use ange-ftp behind firewalls. Add a
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
35731
diff
changeset
|
2971 |
| 25829 | 2972 @cindex ange-ftp |
| 2973 @vindex ange-ftp-default-user | |
|
35908
4ba2a6029c03
(Remote Files): Explain how to use ange-ftp behind firewalls. Add a
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
35731
diff
changeset
|
2974 @cindex user name for remote file access |
| 25829 | 2975 Normally, if you do not specify a user name in a remote file name, |
| 2976 that means to use your own user name. But if you set the variable | |
| 2977 @code{ange-ftp-default-user} to a string, that string is used instead. | |
| 2978 (The Emacs package that implements FTP file access is called | |
| 2979 @code{ange-ftp}.) | |
| 2980 | |
|
35908
4ba2a6029c03
(Remote Files): Explain how to use ange-ftp behind firewalls. Add a
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
35731
diff
changeset
|
2981 @cindex anonymous FTP |
|
4ba2a6029c03
(Remote Files): Explain how to use ange-ftp behind firewalls. Add a
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
35731
diff
changeset
|
2982 @vindex ange-ftp-generate-anonymous-password |
|
4ba2a6029c03
(Remote Files): Explain how to use ange-ftp behind firewalls. Add a
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
35731
diff
changeset
|
2983 To visit files accessible by anonymous FTP, you use special user |
|
36155
3594ca3f5f64
Fix some Texinfo usage.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36136
diff
changeset
|
2984 names @samp{anonymous} or @samp{ftp}. Passwords for these user names |
|
3594ca3f5f64
Fix some Texinfo usage.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36136
diff
changeset
|
2985 are handled specially. The variable |
|
35908
4ba2a6029c03
(Remote Files): Explain how to use ange-ftp behind firewalls. Add a
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
35731
diff
changeset
|
2986 @code{ange-ftp-generate-anonymous-password} controls what happens: if |
|
4ba2a6029c03
(Remote Files): Explain how to use ange-ftp behind firewalls. Add a
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
35731
diff
changeset
|
2987 the value of this variable is a string, then that string is used as |
|
4ba2a6029c03
(Remote Files): Explain how to use ange-ftp behind firewalls. Add a
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
35731
diff
changeset
|
2988 the password; if non-@code{nil} (the default), then the value of |
|
4ba2a6029c03
(Remote Files): Explain how to use ange-ftp behind firewalls. Add a
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
35731
diff
changeset
|
2989 @code{user-mail-address} is used; if @code{nil}, the user is prompted |
|
4ba2a6029c03
(Remote Files): Explain how to use ange-ftp behind firewalls. Add a
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
35731
diff
changeset
|
2990 for a password as normal. |
|
4ba2a6029c03
(Remote Files): Explain how to use ange-ftp behind firewalls. Add a
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
35731
diff
changeset
|
2991 |
|
4ba2a6029c03
(Remote Files): Explain how to use ange-ftp behind firewalls. Add a
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
35731
diff
changeset
|
2992 @cindex firewall, and accessing remote files |
|
4ba2a6029c03
(Remote Files): Explain how to use ange-ftp behind firewalls. Add a
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
35731
diff
changeset
|
2993 @cindex gateway, and remote file access with @code{ange-ftp} |
|
4ba2a6029c03
(Remote Files): Explain how to use ange-ftp behind firewalls. Add a
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
35731
diff
changeset
|
2994 @vindex ange-ftp-smart-gateway |
|
4ba2a6029c03
(Remote Files): Explain how to use ange-ftp behind firewalls. Add a
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
35731
diff
changeset
|
2995 @vindex ange-ftp-gateway-host |
|
4ba2a6029c03
(Remote Files): Explain how to use ange-ftp behind firewalls. Add a
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
35731
diff
changeset
|
2996 Sometimes you may be unable to access files on a remote machine |
|
36136
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
2997 because a @dfn{firewall} in between blocks the connection for security |
|
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
2998 reasons. If you can log in on a @dfn{gateway} machine from which the |
|
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
2999 target files @emph{are} accessible, and whose FTP server supports |
|
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
3000 gatewaying features, you can still use remote file names; all you have |
|
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
3001 to do is specify the name of the gateway machine by setting the |
|
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
3002 variable @code{ange-ftp-gateway-host}, and set |
|
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
3003 @code{ange-ftp-smart-gateway} to @code{t}. Otherwise you may be able |
|
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
3004 to make remote file names work, but the procedure is complex. You can |
|
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
3005 read the instructions by typing @kbd{M-x finder-commentary @key{RET} |
|
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
3006 ange-ftp @key{RET}}. |
|
35908
4ba2a6029c03
(Remote Files): Explain how to use ange-ftp behind firewalls. Add a
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
35731
diff
changeset
|
3007 |
| 25829 | 3008 @vindex file-name-handler-alist |
|
36136
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
3009 @cindex disabling remote files |
| 26105 | 3010 You can entirely turn off the FTP file name feature by removing the |
|
37315
702729e72132
Change @var to @code in many places.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
37090
diff
changeset
|
3011 entries @code{ange-ftp-completion-hook-function} and |
|
702729e72132
Change @var to @code in many places.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
37090
diff
changeset
|
3012 @code{ange-ftp-hook-function} from the variable |
|
28327
f7b17a6af3db
(Visiting): List wildcard chars. Mention find-file-wildcards.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
28123
diff
changeset
|
3013 @code{file-name-handler-alist}. You can turn off the feature in |
|
f7b17a6af3db
(Visiting): List wildcard chars. Mention find-file-wildcards.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
28123
diff
changeset
|
3014 individual cases by quoting the file name with @samp{/:} (@pxref{Quoted |
|
f7b17a6af3db
(Visiting): List wildcard chars. Mention find-file-wildcards.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
28123
diff
changeset
|
3015 File Names}). |
| 25829 | 3016 |
| 3017 @node Quoted File Names | |
| 3018 @section Quoted File Names | |
| 3019 | |
| 3020 @cindex quoting file names | |
| 3021 You can @dfn{quote} an absolute file name to prevent special | |
| 3022 characters and syntax in it from having their special effects. | |
| 3023 The way to do this is to add @samp{/:} at the beginning. | |
| 3024 | |
| 3025 For example, you can quote a local file name which appears remote, to | |
| 3026 prevent it from being treated as a remote file name. Thus, if you have | |
| 3027 a directory named @file{/foo:} and a file named @file{bar} in it, you | |
| 3028 can refer to that file in Emacs as @samp{/:/foo:/bar}. | |
| 3029 | |
| 3030 @samp{/:} can also prevent @samp{~} from being treated as a special | |
| 3031 character for a user's home directory. For example, @file{/:/tmp/~hack} | |
| 3032 refers to a file whose name is @file{~hack} in directory @file{/tmp}. | |
| 3033 | |
| 3034 Likewise, quoting with @samp{/:} is one way to enter in the minibuffer | |
| 3035 a file name that contains @samp{$}. However, the @samp{/:} must be at | |
|
37315
702729e72132
Change @var to @code in many places.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
37090
diff
changeset
|
3036 the beginning of the minibuffer in order to quote @samp{$}. |
| 25829 | 3037 |
| 3038 You can also quote wildcard characters with @samp{/:}, for visiting. | |
| 3039 For example, @file{/:/tmp/foo*bar} visits the file @file{/tmp/foo*bar}. | |
| 3040 However, in most cases you can simply type the wildcard characters for | |
| 3041 themselves. For example, if the only file name in @file{/tmp} that | |
| 3042 starts with @samp{foo} and ends with @samp{bar} is @file{foo*bar}, then | |
| 3043 specifying @file{/tmp/foo*bar} will visit just @file{/tmp/foo*bar}. | |
|
28327
f7b17a6af3db
(Visiting): List wildcard chars. Mention find-file-wildcards.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
28123
diff
changeset
|
3044 Another way is to specify @file{/tmp/foo[*]bar}. |
|
28526
297e03ccd7e6
(Backup): backup-enable-predicate.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
28327
diff
changeset
|
3045 |
|
36136
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
3046 @node File Name Cache |
|
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
3047 @section File Name Cache |
|
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
3048 |
|
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
3049 @cindex file name caching |
| 28671 | 3050 @cindex cache of file names |
| 3051 @pindex find | |
|
36136
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
3052 @kindex C-@key{TAB} |
|
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
3053 @findex file-cache-minibuffer-complete |
|
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
3054 You can use the @dfn{file name cache} to make it easy to locate a |
|
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
3055 file by name, without having to remember exactly where it is located. |
|
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
3056 When typing a file name in the minibuffer, @kbd{C-@key{tab}} |
|
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
3057 (@code{file-cache-minibuffer-complete}) completes it using the file |
|
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
3058 name cache. If you repeat @kbd{C-@key{tab}}, that cycles through the |
|
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
3059 possible completions of what you had originally typed. Note that the |
|
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
3060 @kbd{C-@key{tab}} character cannot be typed on most text-only |
|
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
3061 terminals. |
|
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
3062 |
|
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
3063 The file name cache does not fill up automatically. Instead, you |
|
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
3064 load file names into the cache using these commands: |
|
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
3065 |
| 31076 | 3066 @findex file-cache-add-directory |
|
36136
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
3067 @table @kbd |
|
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
3068 @item M-x file-cache-add-directory @key{RET} @var{directory} @key{RET} |
|
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
3069 Add each file name in @var{directory} to the file name cache. |
|
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
3070 @item M-x file-cache-add-directory-using-find @key{RET} @var{directory} @key{RET} |
|
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
3071 Add each file name in @var{directory} and all of its nested |
|
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
3072 subdirectories to the file name cache. |
|
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
3073 @item M-x file-cache-add-directory-using-locate @key{RET} @var{directory} @key{RET} |
|
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
3074 Add each file name in @var{directory} and all of its nested |
|
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
3075 subdirectories to the file name cache, using @command{locate} to find |
|
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
3076 them all. |
|
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
3077 @item M-x file-cache-add-directory-list @key{RET} @var{variable} @key{RET} |
|
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
3078 Add each file name in each directory listed in @var{variable} |
|
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
3079 to the file name cache. @var{variable} should be a Lisp variable |
|
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
3080 such as @code{load-path} or @code{exec-path}, whose value is a list |
|
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
3081 of directory names. |
|
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
3082 @item M-x file-cache-clear-cache @key{RET} |
|
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
3083 Clear the cache; that is, remove all file names from it. |
|
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
3084 @end table |
|
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
3085 |
|
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
3086 @node File Conveniences |
|
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
3087 @section Convenience Features for Finding Files |
| 31076 | 3088 |
| 3089 @findex recentf-mode | |
| 3090 @vindex recentf-mode | |
| 3091 @findex recentf-save-list | |
| 3092 @findex recentf-edit-list | |
|
36136
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
3093 If you enable Recentf mode, with @kbd{M-x recentf-mode}, the |
|
37315
702729e72132
Change @var to @code in many places.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
37090
diff
changeset
|
3094 @samp{File} menu includes a submenu containing a list of recently |
|
36136
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
3095 opened files. @kbd{M-x recentf-save-list} saves the current |
|
37315
702729e72132
Change @var to @code in many places.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
37090
diff
changeset
|
3096 @code{recent-file-list} to a file, and @kbd{M-x recentf-edit-list} |
|
702729e72132
Change @var to @code in many places.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
37090
diff
changeset
|
3097 edits it. |
| 32221 | 3098 |
| 3099 @findex auto-image-file-mode | |
| 3100 @findex mode, auto-image-file | |
| 3101 @cindex images, visiting | |
| 3102 @cindex visiting image files | |
| 3103 @vindex image-file-name-regexps | |
| 3104 @vindex image-file-name-extensions | |
|
36136
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
3105 When Auto-image-file minor mode is enabled, visiting an image file |
|
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
3106 displays it as an image, not as text. Likewise, inserting an image |
|
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
3107 file into a buffer inserts it as an image. This works only when Emacs |
|
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
3108 can display the relevant image type. The variables |
|
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
3109 @code{image-file-name-extensions} or @code{image-file-name-regexps} |
|
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
3110 control which file names are recognized as containing images. |
|
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
3111 |
|
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
3112 The @kbd{M-x ffap} command generalizes @code{find-file} with more |
|
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
3113 powerful heuristic defaults (@pxref{FFAP}), often based on the text at |
|
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
3114 point. Partial Completion mode offers other features extending |
|
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
3115 @code{find-file}, which can be used with @code{ffap}. |
|
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
3116 @xref{Completion Options}. |
